The URL can be used to link to this page

MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING - 19-0035-PRMorningside Tennis Court Lighting 019 -0035 -PR CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for CLEARWATER BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL . BAY TO BEACH December 2020 City of Clearwater, Florida MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 19 -0035 -PR TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS , SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION Na SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS , i 1 1 Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer COVER Page II Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 SECTION 1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS Morningside Tennis Court Lighting Documents and plans for Morningside Tennis Court Lighting #19 -0035 -PR are available at: https://www.myclearwater.com/business/engi neeri ng - construction -bids. The work includes: The installation of new LED Lighting System of existing tennis courts at Morningside Recreation Center. Send questions to Leroy.Chin@myclearwater.com. Pre -Bid Conference: Recommended Wednesday, October 28, 2020 at 1:30 PM (EST) at Morningside Recreation Center—tennis courts 2400 Harn Blvd. Clearwater, FL 33764 Requests for Information DEADLINE: Wednesday, November 4, 2020 Pre -qualification Application Submittal DEADLINE: Wednesday, November 11, 2020 Category: Electrical Pre -qualification Amount: $200,000.00 (Two Hundred Thousand Dollars) Bid Opening/DEADLINE: Wednesday, November 19, 2020 at 2:00 PM (EST) Bid Opening Location: (Staff Only) Municipal Services Building Rm. 130 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 Bid Opening Virtual Meeting: Details posted at https://www.myclearwater.com/business/engineeri ng - construction -bids. Mail or Drop off Bid: City of Clearwater, Attn: Lori Vogel Procurement Office, 3rd Floor Re: Morningside Tennis Court Lighting #19 -0035 -PR 100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 Issued by Lori Vogel, CPPB, Procurement Manager For additional information contact Engineering Dept.: 727-562-4750 SECTION I Page 1 Updated 5/28/2020 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents SECTION II i INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6. CONTRACT TIME 3 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15. OPENING OF BIDS 5 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19. BID PROTEST 7 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 8 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 SECTION II i Updated 07/13/2020 I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater website at address: www.myclearwater.com/bid. Bidding Documents may include, but are not limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form, and addendums. 1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub -bidders, or others. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre -qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application package for pre -qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. Pre -qualification requirement information is also available on the City of Clearwater Website at address: www.myclearwater.com/government/city-departments/engineering/construction- management. Contractors wanting to pre -qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten workdays) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre -qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre - qualification status before a Bid Opening. The Contractor shall provide copies of the current Contractor License/Registration with the State of Florida and Pinellas County in the bid response. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. SECTION II Page 1 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre-bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. SECTION II Page 2 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Proposal/Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. 5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening. 5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida. 6. CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V. 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable. objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder SECTION II Page 3 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person, or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will not be accepted. 11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal/Bid Bond and corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020 1 t 1 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and two), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any, and all Bids, and to waive any, and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non -Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15. OPENING OF BIDS 15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. SECTION II Page 5 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use, and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. SECTION II Page 6 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020 1 1 t 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether the Bids comply or not with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5. The successful bidder/contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19. BID PROTEST 19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2. PRO PEST PROCEDURE: SECTION II Page 7 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) workdays after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) workdays of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) workdays of receipt of the appeal. 19.3. PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 1 1 1 t SECTION II Page 8 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction -related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction -related Best Management Practices. SECTION II Page 9 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1. DEFINITIONS 1 I 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 I 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING I THE PROJECT 5 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 I 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 I 3.1. INTENT 6 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 I 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 I 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 I 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 I 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS I INSURANCE 10 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE10 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 I 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 I 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERIN 1'ENDENCE 12 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 111 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 I SECTION III i Updated 1/14/2020 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 15 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8. PERMITS 16 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 16 6.10. EMERGENCIES 17 6.11. DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 22 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24 7. OTHER WORK 25 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25 7.2. COORDINATION 25 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 26 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 26 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 26 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 27 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 31 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32 SECTION III ii Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III —General Conditions 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD 34 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 36 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 38 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 38 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 39 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 40 17. MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41 17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 41 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS 42 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK. 42 19. MATERIAL USED 42 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 43 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 44 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 SECTION III iii Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 t t SECTION III —General Conditions 22.1. GENERAL 44 22.2. EXAMPLE 46 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 46 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 46 23.2. PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 47 23.3. FIXED SIGN 47 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 47 23.5. SIGN COLORING 47 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 47 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 47 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 48 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE48 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM AND ISRAEL CERTIFICATION FORM 49 SECTION III iv Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions 1. DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the SECTION III Page 1 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 t 1 1 t t SECTION III —General Conditions Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. SECTION III Page 2 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. SECTION III Page 3 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 t 1 t 1 SECTION III — General Conditions Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre -construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been SECTION III Page 4 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court. SECTION III Page 5 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III —General Conditions 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete, and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training. 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1. INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between , Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be SECTION III Page 6 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 7 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change, or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. SECTION III Page 8 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III —General Conditions 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the right to review the Contractor's deductible or self-insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Specifically, the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. SECTION III Page 9 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III —General Conditions 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non -owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims -made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims -made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims -made coverage. 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment—Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD SECTION III Page 10 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 1. The Description (of Operations/Locations/Vehicles) should specify Project Name and Project Number. 2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non -renewal, termination, material change or reduction in coverage. 3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for Contractor' s negligence. 4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub -contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured SECTION III Page 11 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person, so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. SECTION 11I Page 12 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3-1508 regarding noise restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. SECTION III Page 13 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5. USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or SECTION III Page 14 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater therefore, these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in-kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • Sod must be restored "in-kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or another project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the SECTION III Page 15 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E -Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8. PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with. the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property SECTION III Page 16 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10. EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a- change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. SECTION III Page 17 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.11. DRAWINGS 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. SECTION III Page 18 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first-time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. SECTION III Page 19 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III —General Conditions 6.11.2.1. General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also known as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also, all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally, there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. SECTION III Page 20 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III —General Conditions 6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6. Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J-17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7. Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1. Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2. Layer Naming Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SECTION III Page 21 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III —General Conditions SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2. Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3. Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files. SECTION III Page 22 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahony@myClearwater.com. 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. SECTION 111 Page 23 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor -provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS The CONTRACTOR will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, TO THE CONTRACTOR'S DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT, CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS, Rosemarie Call, phone: 727-562-4092 or Rosemarie.Call@myclearwater.com, 600 Cleveland Street, Suite 600, Clearwater, FL 33755. The Contractor's duty to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of SECTION 111 Page 24 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the Contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. 7. OTHER WORK 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7.2. COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be SECTION 111 Page 25 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and ' responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. ' The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. ' Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws ' and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are ' set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's ' Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the 111 SECTION III Page 26 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, SECTION III Page 27 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). SECTION III Page 28 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: • changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; • provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work SECTION III Page 29 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 SECTION III —General Conditions involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full -unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. SECTION III Page 30 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, SECTION III Page 31 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III —General Conditions unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and SECTION III Page 32 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has SECTION III Page 33 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically, and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor SECTION III Page 34 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as - built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report SECTION III Page 35 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III —General Conditions as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. SECTION III Page 36 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. SECTION III Page 37 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 SECTION III —General Conditions 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing SECTION III Page 38 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or SECTION III Page 39 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution SECTION III Page 40 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2. GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to three (3) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. SECTION III Page 41 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact William Buzzell, at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562-4929 or email: William.Buzzell@myClearwater.com. 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19. MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation. 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner -purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects' fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). SECTION III Page 42 of SO Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, and a copy sent to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non -conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated damages. SECTION III Page 43 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage -repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor. 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1. GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. SECTION III Page 44 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. SECTION III Page 45 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 22.2. EXAMPLE SECTION III — General Conditions CLEARWATER BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY TO BEACH NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right- of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for thepreparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be SECTION III Page 46 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2. PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3. FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2 -inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24 -inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24 -inches by 30 -inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 -inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5. SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager/City Representative shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor. 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SECTION III Page 47 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN \i 6' <PROJECT NAME> <CONTRACT NUMBER> <DEPARTMENT NAME> PROJECT N TRACTOR - COMPLETION DATE. FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. CLEARWATER BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • MY TO BEACH r L E E c E N1 3'44" 4"x4" P.T. Post (Typ.) 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of SECTION III Page 48 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION III — General Conditions Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM AND ISRAEL CERTIFICATION FORM Pursuant to Section 287.135, Florida Statutes, any vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Any vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or is engaged in a boycott of Israel, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for ANY amount. Each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on the aforementioned lists, or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, or engaged in a boycott of Israel at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with Section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. Boycott Israel or boycott of Israel means refusing to deal, terminating business activities, or taking other actions to limit commercial relations with Israel, or persons or entities doing business in Israel or in Israeli - controlled territories, in a discriminatory manner. A statement by a company that it is participating in a boycott of Israel, or that it has initiated a boycott in response to a request for a boycott of Israel or in compliance with, or in furtherance of, calls for a boycott of Israel, may be considered as evidence that a company is participating in a boycott of Israel. The certification forms (the Certification) are attached hereto, and must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, or engaged in a boycott of Israel, then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the City of Clearwater, on a case-by-case basis and in its sole discretion, may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract for goods or services, if the conditions set forth in Section 287.135, Florida Statutes, apply. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification forms. SECTION III Page 49 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 1 t 1 1 SECTION III: -General Conditions See Section V of the Contract for Certification Forms to be executed and submitted with the Bid/Proposal Form. SECTION III Page 50 of 50 Updated 1/14/2020 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Content: 100 SERIES: GENERAL 1 101. SCOPE OF WORK 1 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 4 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 4 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 5 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS 5 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS 5 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 6 105. AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 6 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 6 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 6 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 6 105-4. EQUIPMENT 6 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION 6 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION 7 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION 7 105-8. LIGHTING 7 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL 7 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX 7 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE 8 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 8 106. STREET SIGNS 8 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 8 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 9 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 10 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 10 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 10 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 11 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 11 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS 11 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 11 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 12 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN 12 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 12 109-3. THE "BRIGHT & BEAUTIFUL" LOGO AND ITS USE 12 SECTION IV i Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 t SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS 13 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS 13 109-6. POSTING 13 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES 13 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 14 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 14 202. OBSTRUCTIONS 15 203. DEWATERING 15 203-1. GENERAL 15 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 15 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 16 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 16 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 16 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 16 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 17 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 17 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 17 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 17 207-1. GENERAL 17 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 17 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 18 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 18 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 18 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 18 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 18 207-8. MAINTENANCE 18 207-9. COMPLIANCE 19 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. 19 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS 19 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION 19 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL 19 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL 19 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY 20 208-6. RIP -RAP 20 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL 20 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 21 301. CONCRETE 21 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 21 302-1. EXCAVATION 21 302-2. FORMS 21 303. REINFORCEMENT 21 SECTION IV ii Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 22 304. BACKFILL 22 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL 22 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 22 305. RIPRAP 23 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 23 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 24 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 25 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 25 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE 25 401-2. PRECAST TYPE 25 401-3. DROP MANHOLES 26 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS 26 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS 26 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 26 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 26 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 27 403-1. MATERIALS 27 403-2. INSTALLATION 27 403-3. TESTING 28 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 29 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 29 404-1. INTENT 29 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 29 404-3. MATERIALS 29 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION 30 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION 31 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION 32 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION 32 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 32 404-9. PAYMENT 32 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 33 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT 33 405-2. PAYMENT 33 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 33 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 34 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL 35 405-6. GROUTING MIX 35 405-7. LINER MIX 35 405-8. WATER 36 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS 36 405-10. EQUIPMENT 36 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 37 SECTION IV iii Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 38 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 44 501. SCOPE 44 502. MATERIALS 44 502-1. GENERAL 44 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 44 502-3. GATE VALVES 46 502-4. VALVE BOXES 47 502-5. HYDRANTS 47 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES 48 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 48 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 49 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES 49 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 49 503. CONSTRUCTION 49 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 49 503-2. PIPE LAYING 50 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 51 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 52 504. TESTS 52 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS 52 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST 53 505. STERILIZATION 53 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT 53 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM 53 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 53 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 53 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS 53 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 54 506-1. GENERAL 54 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 54 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 55 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 55 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 55 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 56 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 56 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 602. UNDERDRAINS 56 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 56 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 57 SECTION IV iv Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 603. STORM SEWERS 57 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION 57 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 58 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 58 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 58 604-2. PRECAST TYPE 59 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT 59 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 59 605-1. MATERIAL 59 605-2. PERFORMANCE 60 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 62 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 62 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 62 702-1. BASE 62 702-2. SUBGRADE 64 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRE"I'E MATERIALS 65 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 65 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 65 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 66 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 66 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 66 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 66 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 67 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 67 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 68 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 68 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 68 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS 69 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 69 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 69 706. CONCRETE CURBS 69 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 69 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 69 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 70 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 70 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 70 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 70 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 70 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 70 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 71 SECTION IV v Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 71 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 71 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 72 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 72 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 72 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 72 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING 72 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 72 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 73 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 73 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 74 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 74 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 74 802. SIGNING AND MARKING 74 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 75 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING 75 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 75 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 76 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 76 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 76 902-1. IRRIGATION 76 902-2. LANDSCAPE 86 903. SODDING 100 904. SEEDING 101 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 101 905-1. SCOPE 101 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK 102 905-3. WORK METHODS 102 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE 104 907. COMPLETION OF WORK 104 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 104 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 105 910. TREE PROTECTION 105 910-1. TREE BARRICADES 105 910-2. ROOT PRUNING 106 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING 107 SECTION IV vi Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 100 SERIES: GENERAL 101. SCOPE OF WORK Project Name: Morningside Recreation Center Lighting Project Number: 19 -0035 -PR Scope of Work: 1. The proposed new sport tennis court lighting is located at: a. Morningside Recreation Center Tennis Court Lighting 2400 Ham Blvd. Clearwater FL 33764 2. This work shall also include furnishing and installing new electrical cabinetry for the purposes of lighting control. 3. The Contractor shall provide copies of a current Contractor License/Registration with the state of Florida and Pinellas County in the bid response. 4. The Contractor shall provide 1 Fixed project sign as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents.. 5. Morningside Recreation Center a. Tennis Court consist of 4 hard court with no existing lighting system b. Basketball Court lighting system has been deleted from this contact. c. Advance Engineering & Design, Inc developed Morningside Recreation Center Tennis Court Lighting Plans d. NOTE BASKETBALL LIGHTIING IS NOT PART OF THIS PROJECT. Drawing Index Sheet No. Sheet Description Date of Revision Sheet No.1 Cover Sheet 10-07-2019 Sheet No. 2 Electrical Panel Calculation/Details 05-17-2019 Sheet No. 3 Tennis Court Lighting Layout 05-17-2019 Sheet No. 4 Photometric Info from MUSCO Lighting 05-17-2019 e. MUSCO Performance Specifications Tennis Courts 2020 — 7 pages (or equal) f. MUSCO cost for sport lighting system which includes 20 -year warranty and maintenance of their lighting system or equal. g. Contractor shall note there is information on drawing referring to basketball court lighting system. Basketball courts lighting system is not part of scope of work if this project bid. 6. Contractor shall be prequalified under Commodity Number 8 — Electrical amount of qualification $200,000.00 please go to Myclearwater.com/Engineering/Contractor Pre - Qualifications for form. Contractor must be pre -qualified 14 days prior to bid opening. SECTION IV Page 1 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 7. Momingside Recreation Center Tennis Court Lighting System from date of Notice to Proceed complete the work within 120 calendar days 8. Owner recommends contractor to video site for actual site conditions prior to beginning work. 9. Momingside Recreation Center will remain open for activity during installation of new LED Lighting System of existing tennis courts. Activity shall continue at Morningside Recreation Center picnic pavilion, basketball court, aquatic and recreation center. Electrical Contactor shall provide all necessary safety precautions of all patrons and staff during the performance of his electrical works. 10. Contractor shall be required to perform his own project survey layout and 'as built' drawings at completion of project. These as built drawings shall submit to the Owner and Engineer to close out the project. 11. Contractor shall contact 811 for underground utility locate 48 hours prior to any excavations on site. Contractor shall be required to provide third party for locate of underground utilities for this site of the work area. A underground company City has used in the pass is Blood Hound LLC, 9919 Commodity Cir. Suite 23, Orlando, Florida 32819, contact person Timothy Chester, email Timothychester@BHUG.com , cell 561-261-1877, office 407658- 1030, fax 407-658-1380 or similar like company. 12. Contractor shall be required to provide all material testing by a third -party geotechnical laboratory for the project works. Original copy shall be provided to the Owner and Engineer within 7 days from date of testing. 13. Laydown area for contractor shall be determine at the preconstruction meeting. The contractor and his employees shall not park vehicles or equipment within 10 feet of any existing trees canopy drip line on site. 14. Should the contractor decide to use roll off dumpsters, they must be ordered from City of Clearwater — Solid Waste 727-562-4820 per city ordnance. 15. Construction site shall be kept clean always of any construction debris. Daily trash from employee during lunch and rest breaks shall be put in a trash receptacle and disposed off site weekly. 16. Contactor shall provide his own sanitation facilities for his employees. 17. Electrical Contactor shall provide temporary construction fencing, chain link fencing and metal post to secure his work area. Sport Lighting System 1. Sport lighting system drawings have been developed and submitted for Building Permit and permit number BCP2019-100488. Contractor shall be required to collect the building permit at City of Clearwater - Planning & Development Services — 100 S. Myrtle Ave. 2nd Floor, Clearwater, FL 33756. There will be no fee for the building permit. Contractor shall be required to call in for inspections at proper intervals and close SECTION IV Page 2 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications outbuilding permit to collect final payment from the Owner. Contractor shall provide Certificate of Completion to the Owner. 2. Contractor shall provide one-year warranty on workmanship and date will start on date of Certificate of Completion document from the Building Dept. 3. Contractor shall note tennis court lighting system bases of design is MUSCO Sport Lighting System or equal system. 4. Provide a complete electrical operating tennis court sport lighting system. 5. Contractor shall utilize existing electrical service located on site. See contract drawings. 6. Other miscellaneous electrical work shall be included such as connection to GFI electrical duplex outlets as shown on drawings. 7. Electrical contactor shall provide all materials not included in MUSCO Sport Lighting and provide a complete operational tennis court lighting system. Payment for work performed. 1. Under not circumstances shall any work additional work be performed without a change directive. Contractor shall provide proposal for any additional work not shown on the drawing in writing to the Owner and written approval must be received from the Owner prior to being any additional work. 2. A schedule of value shall be in AIA format and shall itemize each work item or an approved pay application payment schedule by the Electrical Contractor. A separate contingency item shall contain to amount. Each change directive shall be numbered in consecutive order and a sum for change directive amount shall be indicated for contractor to draw from when work is incrementally collected monthly. A total start shall be located at the beginning of the contingency item body. Its s noted any line item not fully utilized shall be transferred in o the contingency item by a change directive to increase the contingency amount. Under no circumstances shall fund of base bid items shall be utilized to offset other items in the base bid. 3. The Contractor shall submit pay application of the 25th of each month of work performed the pass 30 days. 4. A pencil draft of the pay application shall be provided to the Engineer and Owner at one of the progress meeting for review. Upon approval the Contractor shall submit an electronic pay application for approval and upon approval by the Engineer shall send electronic copy to the Owner for payment. 5. Payment of request for payment shall be made within 30 days from date of invoice and payment shall be made to the Contractor's mailing address. No check will be provided by hand delivering and only delivery by U. S. Postal Service. 6. Final payment shall be made as stipulated in the contract documents. 7. 5% retainage of total project cost shall be retained by the Owner until the following schedule of items are completed: a. Substantial completion of the project: b. Close out of Building Permit Final SECTION IV Page 3 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications c. Obtain Certificate of Completion d. Preliminary walk through by Engineer & Owner e. Punch list has been provided to the Contractor to perform punch list f. Punch list items are completed and request for final walk through by the Owner and Engineer and approval punch list items are completed & M Manual has been reviewed and approved by Engineer, turned over to the Owner g. Hard Copies of the 0 & M Manual h. Index page i. Spread Sheet - List of Material Suppliers, Sub Contractors with contract information (contact person, address, telephone number, cell phone number, fax number, email address) j. Building permit and Certificate of Completion k. Final Pay Application, Change Directives and Change Order 1. Warrantees m. Architect's Supplemental Information n. Material Submittals o. 1 Hard copy set of red lined As Built drawings Contract Period: 120 Consecutive Calendar Days 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 102-1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of SECTION IV Page 4 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. 102-1.2. LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article 1 - Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is referenced for the same task. Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not covered by City's Standards and Specifications. SECTION IV Page 5 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of pre -construction conditions. 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area. 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio/video recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre -construction color audio/video recording documentation. 105-4. EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio/video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio/video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description SECTION IV Page 6 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 105-8. LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during videoing shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. SECTION IV Page 7 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications I 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be I limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or I defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 1 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items Iprovided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 106. STREET SIGNS 1 The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. IThe Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 1 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL I 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL I The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be 1 necessary at outlying points. 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 1 The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, 1 incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department I of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traffic Operations personnel regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans. 1 1 SECTION IV Page 8 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 107-2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the driver proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. Per the 2014 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision: "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours shall be provided by appropriate signs." Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest revision FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102-5 Traffic Control, 102-5.1 Standards, are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans. 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer. 107-3.1. ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 107-3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. SECTION IV Page 9 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 107-3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic Division staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 107-3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 107-3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 107-3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 107-3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS 107-3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days. 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone (727) 562-4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise. SECTION IV Page 10 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes .to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Sub article may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de -energized and visibly grounded. Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the following table. 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE (nominal, kV, alternating current) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (feet) Upto50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 SECTION IV Page 11 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Over 200 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT 19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 109-3. THE "BRIGHT & BEAUTIFUL" LOGO AND ITS USE The City's "Bright & Beautiful" logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by City departments and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public Communications. SECTION IV Page 12 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 1 1 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 109-6. POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. SECTION IV Page 13 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The Contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the Contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify their Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain sufficient quantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench -shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6") wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. SECTION IV Page 14 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 202. OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 1 1 1 1 1 203. DEWATERING 1 203-1. GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The Contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this Contractor may be required to divert the water to a suitable place of discharge as may be determined by the Engineer. Where possible, Contractor may contain produced groundwater on the project site, a dewatering plan must be submitted to the City for approval if a discharge permit is not obtained or required. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 203-2.1. DEWATERING DISCHARGE The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit for the Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance with Florida DEP Requirements, F.A.C. 62-621.300(2)(b) prior to discharging of produced groundwater into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to construction, a dewatering plan must be prepared and submitted to the City for review. It shall include site-specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering and disposal methods. The City will field -inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction. SECTION IV Page 15 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes, structures and roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-site at their expense. The limits and depths of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. Included in the cost of cubic yards of suitable material placed is the removal, hauling and disposal of unsuitable material. 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems, Slurry Pipe Lines and Potable Water SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines SECTION IV Page 16 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications WHITE Proposed Excavation PINK Temporary Survey Markings Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be six inch (6") x three inch (3") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be four inch (4") x two inch (2") and be placed on the curb face. 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 207-1. GENERAL Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution. Contractor shall use temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices. 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training & Certification. All personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per calendar year. Contractor shall provide documentation to the City prior to Notice To Proceed. Example of training and SECTION IV Page 17 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications training sign -in sheet will be provided by the City to the Contractor at the Pre -Construction Meeting. 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices, or equals approved by the City Engineer before installation. 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one time; and, wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 207-8. MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. SECTION IV Page 18 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 207-9. COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. Other beach erosion control structures, accompanied by a certified survey showing the location of the groin or other beach erosion control structure and adjoining groins or other beach erosion control structures, shall be presented to the city council for final approval. Where steps are necessary to provide access along the beach to the public, then such steps shall be shown as part of the plan for groin construction prior to issuance of the permit, and such steps shall be constructed and maintained in a safe condition at all times. 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS Existing seawalls and revetments on natural waterbodies may be replaced with a revetment or with a vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced with a vertical seawall in manmade waterbodies, provided that the seawall is within the property line and maintains the established shoreline. 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation differing from the adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall is required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. in height prior to the effective date of this article may be maintained, repaired and replaced to their current height. 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled by regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the coastal construction setback line necessitates submission of a permit application to the state department of environmental protection. 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the following conditions: (a) A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design. (b) The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the original alignment of the existing vertical seawall location. SECTION IV Page 19 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications (c) The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb. (d) Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the seawall behind the new seawall is removed. (e) Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed. (f) The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line. (g) For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the property line or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive, and will not be adjusted to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier construction, the shore normal dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the original seawall slab. 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post - construction survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not alter the height or location shall not be subject to this requirement. 208-6. RIP -RAP On all -natural waterways, an apron of rip -rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired seawalls up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave energy and protect the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to provide habitat for desirable marine species. This rip -rap shall be required at the base of all new seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall is repaired where the replacement constitutes greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or includes the replacement of a panel. 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities, including dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all portions of the wall are located landward of the mean high water line. SECTION IV Page 20 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 301. CONCRETE The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector or City a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all concrete placement. Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to: All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at twenty-eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready -mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3") to five inches (5"), except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards (5 cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 302-1. EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point six inches (6") outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. 302-2. FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal only, unless at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or by written permission from Engineer. They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 303. REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Welded wires shall SECTION IV Page 21 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications be elevated by the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM A775/A77 ' requirements. 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT ' Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 1 304. BACKFILL ' 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattress shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall ' be granular, free from clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than three inches (3") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar ' material. Material for backfill under Gabion mattress shall be an A-1 soil meeting AASHTO M145. Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layer not exceeding eight inches (8") in thickness and shall be compacted into place by mechanical tamping before the next layer is applied. A hydro -hammer shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches (12") above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable ' fill to achieve required density. Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications. Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, as determined by the Engineer, Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's ' specifications) and hand tamping until backfill has reached an elevation and condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the stones with a layer of Type D filter fabric of FDOT Index 199. Do not place stones within four feet (4') of the ends of trench or ' ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends. Where new cast -in-place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified twenty-eight (28) days compressive strength occurs. Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four feet (4') above the top of the pipe or culvert. The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra dewatering effort to achieve required density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or ' lump sum price for the item of the work specified. 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION ' Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by 1 SECTION IV Page 22 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications the Owner's Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The Contractor shall be charged for all retests and re -inspection services. Backfill under all type of impervious areas and around structures: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% Modified Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or ASSHTO T 180. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed bottom of pavement elevation. Backfill outside of impervious areas: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D-698 or AASHTO T-99. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed finished grade. Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by performing density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at eight inch (8") lifts. The character of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for density testing to determine conformance with the specifications. Density testing shall be performed using nuclear field density equipment or conventional weight -volume methods. If the weight -volume method is used, volume shall be determined by using the sand replacement test (ASTM D 1556) or liquid displacement methods (ASTM D 2167). If nuclear methods are used, the trench correction effect shall be accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its calibration block at the location of each test prior to taking the density measurement. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the test site for testing. Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of backfill or fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe/culvert connecting two (2) successive structures whichever is less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the Owner's Representative. Testing shall progress as each one hundred -foot (100') section is completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around each structure shall be performed on each eight -inch (8") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable material has been incorporated into the backfill, or that insufficient compaction is being obtained shall be followed by expanded testing to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill. Expanded Testing Requirements: If normal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable backfill, the Owner's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section to determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Owner's Representative shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4) additional locations within the test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by the testing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional testing beyond that required may be performed by the Contractor at his expense to further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill. 305. RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the dry weight in tons. SECTION IV Page 23 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand -cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand -cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. SECTION IV Page 24 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty-four inches (24"). Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty-four inches (24"). Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled, and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. 1 1 1 The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 401-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of five inches (5"). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. SECTION IV Page 25 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 401-2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 703-7, Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 401-3. DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Index 301. 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 -mil dry thickness of Sherwin Williams Targuard® Coal Tar Epoxy or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of two millimeters (2 mm). 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by NPC Kor-N-Seal® or approved water stop coupling. 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SECTION IV Page 26 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 403. SANITARY SEWERS. AND FORCE MAINS 403-1. MATERIALS 403-1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than ten feet (10') of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of twenty feet (20'). Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in these Technical Specifications Article 501. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 403-1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultraviolet radiation shall be rejected. 403-2. INSTALLATION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 403-2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8") to twelve inches (12") on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. SECTION IV Page 27 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or 1 misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the Contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (one half inch (1/2") diameter aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint two (2) feet in length and shall use an 1 approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The Contractor is 1 required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 403-2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 1 403-3. TESTING ' 403-3.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may ' be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water 1 table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or 1 exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by 1 the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. 1 Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5%) of the inside pipe diameter dimension shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 403-3.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS ' Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 psi for two (2) hours, as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 1 1 SECTION IV Page 28 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 403-4.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 403-4.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 404-1. INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of eight inch (8") to twelve inch (12") sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive track record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 404-3. MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have SECTION IV Page 29 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at five (5) foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Any liner system must be approved by the Engineer prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the date for receiving bids. 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all, necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SECTION IV Page 30 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected with a digital camera and recorded in DVD format as specified below. 404-5.1. VIDEO, PHOTO CAPTURE AND DATA COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR MANHOLE AND PIPELINE INSPECTION This section describes the requirements of the Contractor in providing the following minimum requirements for Video, Photo Capture and Database structure to the City. The City is currently using CUES Granite XP video and data collection software. The Contractor shall provide the TV Inspections in the same Granite XP database, photo and video capture format. The Contractor - provided TV Inspections, Database, DVDs, Photos and related files shall have the ability to direct synchronize to the City's existing Granite XP database. 404-5.2. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS The Inspection image files (pictures) shall have the ability to export to Industry Standard Formats to include JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, DVD and/or external hard drive to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers. 404-5.3. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and/or recorded in the MPEG 1, 2 or 4 format or as specified by the City. The Video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data linking (Inspection Observations) to the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to the database observation file is required. The inspection observation(s) shall link to the video record in real-time. The accompanying database shall support the following code systems: WRc, PACP, CUES standard, or current code system being utilized by the City. The Database and Software program (Granite XP V2.X) shall be able to import asset data from an ArcGIS (City current version) geo- database file utilizing the network features to associate Sewer Mains with corresponding Sewer Nodes. The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or storm system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related attribute information be retained as separate tables from the Inspection allowing import of existing data from multiple sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a single database. Information gathered in projects shall be available to view by project or by system. Data gathered during project inspection shall be available to view by the selected structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even if gathered in different projects. 404-5.4. SYNCHRONIZATION The database shall have the ability to synch assets and inspections from replicated databases. The synch process should have built-in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications to SECTION IV Page 31 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated into a single unitary database for analysis and evaluation. 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at their expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8) hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 404-9. PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc., to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. SECTION IV Page 32 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 405-2. PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. The cost of such work shall be included in the pay item, per linear foot of liner. 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 405-3.1. MATERIALS 405-3.1.1. LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 -pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The Contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 405-3.1.2. MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one -part Portland Cement Type I and between two (2) and three (3) parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 405-3.1.3. GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four (4) bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. SECTION IV Page 33 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 405-3.2. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole, and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertical as possible. Pour six inches (6") of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe water tightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces". 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum one half inch (1/2") thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. SECTION IV Page 34 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a two (2) coat application. 405-4.1. MATERIALS 405-4.1.1. PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +1- 5 pcf 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 405-6. GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable and have a minimum twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi. 405-7. LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty-eight (28) days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Project site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be one - SECTION IV Page 35 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications half inch (1/2") to five-eighths inch (5/8") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the unmixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 to 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than one-half inch (1/2") in length nor greater than five-eighths inch (5/8") in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two (2) coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure a minimum of one-half inch (1/2") thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 405-8. WATER Shall be clean and potable. 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 405-10. EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. SECTION IV Page 36 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-11.1. PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up streamline from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high- pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 405-11.2. MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 405-11.3. SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of one-half inch (1/2"). The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than twenty-four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed, and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produced from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than one-half inch (1/2"). The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. SECTION IV Page 37 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405-11.4. PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2") cubes may be prepared each day or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 405-11.5. CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 405-11.6. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed, and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty-eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty inch diameter (60"), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 405-12.1. SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration. 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam -injected through wall of manhole to fill voids, and/or b. Hydrophilic gel -injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of one-half inch (1/2") 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of thirty (30) dry mils SECTION IV Page 38 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 405-12.2. MATERIALS 405-12.2.1. REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 405-12.2.2. HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 405-12.2.3. WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for SECTION IV Page 39 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approximately six (6) months. Upon completion, the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength ASTM C882 Modified Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 to Calcium Aluminate Cement 1,200 1,800 psi 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x10^-10 cm/sec to 7.6x1OA-11 cm/sec at 100% RH at50%RH 405-12.2.4. CEMENT LINING A self -bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity — <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after twenty-four (24) hours moist curing at 68 degrees Fahrenheit. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one (1) pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch (1/2"), but no greater than two inches (2"). It will have a dark grey color. 405-12.2.5. EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of thirty (30) dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray SECTION IV Page 40 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 405-12.2.6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE The sanitary sewer liner shall be resistant to: Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 405-12.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-12.3.1. PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client.) 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four (24) hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 405-12.3.2. PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective screens. SECTION IV Page 41 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405-12.3.3. STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 405-12.3.4. INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill five-eighths inch (5/8") holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 405-12.3.5. WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 405-12.3.6. CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (1/2") (and no more than two inches (2")) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a twenty-four (24) hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 405-12.3.7. EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least thirty (30) mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. SECTION IV Page 42 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405-12.3.8. CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 405-12.3.9. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed, and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for a forty eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12.3.10. WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. SECTION IV Page 43 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 501. SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. 502. MATERIALS 502-1. GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 502-2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A2I.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. SECTION IV Page 44 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. 502-2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4") through eight inch (8") shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than eight inch (8") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4") through eight inch (8") when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of four inch (4") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches (18") between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2") PVC pipe to twelve inches (12") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be plugged with a two inch (2") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 502-2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from four inch (4") through sixteen inch (16") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 psi. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA SECTION IV Page 45 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 502-2.4. RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 502-2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 502-3. GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be hand wheel operated with rising stems. Valves four inches (4") and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with two inch (2") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, non -shock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch (2") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch (3") diameter are not allowed. Gate Valves, four inch (4") to sixteen inch (16") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 -ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body. Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped SECTION IV Page 46 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 502-4. VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be three-piece valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 502-5. HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0 -ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately two inches (2") above the ground line. Breakaway bolts are not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 one and a half inch (1-1/2") pentagon nut. SECTION IV Page 47 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with 0 -ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0 - rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5-1/4") valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2-1/2") hose nozzles and one (1) four and one half inch (4-1/2") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4") P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on four inch (4") main shall be one and one half inch (1-1/2"). Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2") service connections to six inch (6") and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. SECTION IV Page 48 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1 Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and three-quarter inch (3/4") bronze test plug. 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 503. CONSTRUCTION 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. SECTION IV Page 49 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at their expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 503-2. PIPE LAYING 503-2.1. ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30") and a maximum of forty-two inches (42") below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. 503-2.2. INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the SECTION IV Page 50 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10%) or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 503-3.1. GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 503-3.2. VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed eighteen inches (18") from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 503-3.3. HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located ten feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 4 of 4 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall SECTION IV Page 51 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6") ductile iron branch controlled by an independent six inch (6") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from the main, an additional valve shall be installed at the hydrant and shall be included in the hydrant assembly cost. 503-3.4. ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized, and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater. 504. TESTS 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AW WA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. SECTION IV Page 52 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 1 1 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty-eight (48) hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 505. STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification O -S -602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than twenty-four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. SECTION IV Page 53 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 506-1. GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joint materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 506-2.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 506-2.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation. SECTION IV Page 54 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 506-3.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 506-3.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 506-4.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 506-4.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 506-5.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Article 501-2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions. 506-5.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant completely including necessary thrust anchorage, six inch (6") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. SECTION IV Page 55 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 602. UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub -surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non -degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8") in diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non -perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly -chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 901 — Course Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel. 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8") Sub -drain in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 56 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 603. STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 1 1 1 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions. The work under this Article shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S-1 to S-2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430-4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. SECTION IV Page 57 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD/DVD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re-laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re-laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re -inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of end walls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor and incidentals, etc.). 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Index Numbers 201 to 231. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Articles 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SECTION IV Page 58 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 604-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on Index 202. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 605-1. MATERIAL 605-1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES 605-1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non -raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.106 inches. 605-1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 1/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener SECTION IV Page 59 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. 605-1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. Crushed concrete shall not be used for filler material. 605-1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 985. 605-2. PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. SECTION IV Page 60 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12") into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to placement of geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses. SECTION IV Page 61 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8") compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus two inches (2"), if over six inches (6"), and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4") or six inches (6") thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6") thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 702-1. BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be eight inches (8") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12") compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is SECTION IV Page 62 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Technical Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283, RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non -limited access paved shoulders, shared use paths, or other non -traffic bearing applications. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. SECTION IV Page 63 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 702-1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 702-2. SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are mixed for the stabilized subgrade. 702-2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing,._mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment„ and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. SECTION IV Page 64 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 1 1 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ' 703-1.1. AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least twenty-five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In addition, for excesses of one-quarter inch (1/4") or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. SECTION IV Page 65 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Type SP/Spec 334-1 Type FC/Spec 337-8 Type B/Spec 234-8 ATPB/287-8 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 703-6.1. CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-6.2. POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. SECTION IV Page 66 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments, so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped SECTION W Page 67 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one-quarter inch ('/4") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than ten percent (10%) from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://www.dot.state.fl.us/construction/fuel&bit/fuel&bit.shtm. For additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414-4252. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. SECTION IV Page 68 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six inches (6"). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as specified for the street paving. When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways. 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted. 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 706. CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted. 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. SECTION IV Page 69 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches (6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and Specifications. 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4") concrete sidewalk, six inch (6") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6") concrete driveways in place and accepted. 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. SECTION IV Page 70 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all milling. 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. SECTION IV Page 71 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work. 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. City -owned utilities and structures shall be located by the Owner/City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours' notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703-7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. SECTION IV Page 72 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 1 1 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. SECTION IV Page 73 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781. 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 802. SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. SECTION IV Page 74 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the FDOT indices mentioned above. The City's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with thermoplastic striping at a later date unless otherwise specified. 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SECTION IV Page 75 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's Water Reclamation Facilities, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the Water Reclamation Facilities will be coordinated at the pre -construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 902-1. IRRIGATION 902-1.1. DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 902-1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. SECTION IV Page 76 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders, with three rings, containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty- four (24) hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 902-1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation of twenty-four inch (24") diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 902-1.1.3. WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater. SECTION IV Page 77 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.2. PRODUCTS 902-1.2.1. GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 902-1.2.2. PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 902-1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 902-1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 902-1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 902-1.2.6. GATE VALVES 902-1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2") AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T -Shear Stem 5. Safe -T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. SECTION IV Page 78 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-1.2.6.2. GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (2'/z") AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 2001b. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with two inch (2") square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3") and larger. The "street key" shall be five feet (5') long with a two inch (2") square operating nut. 902-1.2.7. SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 902-1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance -pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a one inch (1") (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch (1") slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 902-1.2.9. VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 ten inch (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. SECTION IV Page 79 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks or approved equal. 902-1.2.10. DRIP IRRIGATION 902-1.2.10.1. CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self-flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 902-1.2.10.2. OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be seven inch (7"). B. For on -surface or under mulch installations, six inch (6") metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed three feet (3') to five feet (5') on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 902-1.2.10.3. LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub -surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 902-1.2.10.4.AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 902-1.2.10.5. PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressure of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within +/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high -impact SECTION IV Page 80 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 902-1.2.10.6. FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 902-1.2.10.7. FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 902-1.2.11. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each, station run time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute increments, and a seven (7) day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.2.12. FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery. SECTION IV Page 81 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A ' beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. ' C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., 1 Glendora, California USA. 902-1.2.13. LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series 1 valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 1 902-1.3. EXECUTION 1 902-1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. 1 B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary ' shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in Contractor's absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding 1 as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. 1 E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Specifications. 1 F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the 1 decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this 1 information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. 1 SECTION IV Page 82 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 902-1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 902-1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain six inch (6") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain six inch (6") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 902-1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18") of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than one half inch (%2"). C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six inches (6") thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 902-1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non -pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. SECTION IV Page 83 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method and maintain the staking of approved layout. 902-1.3.3. INSTALLATION 902-1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 902-1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Specifications. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 902-1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 902-1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shiftingwhen water pressure is on. SECTION IV Page 84 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least twenty- four (24) hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 902-1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineer's representative prior to installation. 902-1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than six inches (6"), nor less than four inches (4") cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with twenty-four inch (24") minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 902-1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SECTION IV Page 85 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2. LANDSCAPE 902-2.1. GENERAL 902-2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 902-2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Article. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Article shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 902-2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Article shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plans shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in their employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health SECTION IV Page 86 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Article. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call"/"Sunshine 811" at 8-1-1; "Sunshine 811" administrative offices may be reached at (800) 638-4097. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 902-2.1.4. SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two (2) copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 902-2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through their Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 902-2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. C. W: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SECTION IV Page 87 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DIA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B&B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP: Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner 's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 902-2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 902-2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container -grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. SECTION IV Page 88 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped ("B & B") plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than one foot (1') diameter of ball to every one inch (1") caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than two-thirds (2/3) of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of twelve inches (12") of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within twenty-four (24) hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 902-2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS 902-2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub -grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. SECTION IV Page 89 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or seeding lawns. Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair damages from planting operations. 902-2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor, with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 902-2.1.8.3. UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 902-2.2. PRODUCTS 902-2.2.1. MATERIALS 902-2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Schedule. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions) or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 902-2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided SECTION IV Page 90 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the Landscape Architect proof of it being non -available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect, with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container -grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 902-2.2.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than twenty- four (24) hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. SECTION IV Page 91 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 902-2.2.1.4. MULCH A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans or by the project manager. B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3") before compaction, as shown in the PLANTING DETAILS in the plans. 902-2.2.1.5. FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grasses at the rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq. ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than one- fourth (1/4) the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 902-2.2.1.6. STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over two inch (2") caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees two inch (2") caliper and under. A minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two — three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 902-2.2.1.7. PLANTING SOIL SECTION IV Page 92 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the City, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of one-third (1/3) peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1"). C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under one (1) gallon container size shall consist of three inches (3") of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into native soil. 902-2.2.1.8. SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 902-2.2.1.9. TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot (1') for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)') above grade. 902-2.2.1.10. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 902-2.2.1.11. PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 902-2.2.1.12. PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. SECTION IV Page 93 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.3. EXECUTION 902-2.3.1. PREPARATION 902-2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 902-2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre -emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo" and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one and one half inches (1 %2") in any dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 902-2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches (3") of one-third (1/3) Florida peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to ensure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 902-2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS SECTION IV Page 94 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4"). C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq. ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top four inches (4") of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 902-2.3.2. INSTALLATION 902-2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 902-2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an eighteen inch (18") (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the Plans. SECTION IV Page 95 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about one inch (1") higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each %2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7 - 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back -filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 four inches (4") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade. Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of eighteen inches (18") from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. SECTION IV Page 96 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.3.2.4. SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq. ft). The ground shall be moistened before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to one inch (1") to one and one half inches (1-1/2") below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two inches (2") (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 902-2.3.2.5. SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 902-2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of four feet (4') height of stake above grade and a minimum of thirty inches (30") of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of five (5) layers of burlap and five (5) - 2 SECTION IV Page 97 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two (2) three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of five feet (5') of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 902-2.3.2.7. MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. Mulch should be below top of curb and resistant to washout from stormwater run-off. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3") layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum three inch (3") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum six inch (6") clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum six inches (6") of non -mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 902-2.3.2.8. PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 902-2.3.2.9. CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 902-2.3.2.10. PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. SECTION IV Page 98 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 902-2.3.2.11. REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 902-2.3.3. MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch (1") of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 902-2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 902-2.3.4.1. INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (15) days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. 902-2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in the Plans and Specifications. SECTION IV Page 99 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 902-2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or their representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under -specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 902-2.3.5. WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. 903. SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit SECTION IV Page 100 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than seventy- two (72) hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 904. SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 905-1. SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped street areas including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; y Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; SECTION IV Page 101 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 905-3. WORK METHODS 905-3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 905-3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 905-3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The Contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the Contractor would be considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor. 905-3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within twenty-four (24) hours after providing the service. 905-3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while SECTION IV Page 102 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, consistent with the following specification: 905-3.2.3.1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation, such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 905-3.2.3.2. TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the Contractor, according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 905-3.2.3.3. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 905-3.2.4. PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 905-3.2.5. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor at their expense. 905-3.2.6. MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually three inches (3"). 905-3.2.7. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. SECTION IV Page 103 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 905-3.2.8. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 905-3.2.9. PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 905-3.2.10. FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility. Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man- hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and Contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within seven (7) working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6) and no further than ten (10) calendar days apart. 907. COMPLETION OF WORK Within twenty-four (24) hours of completing work the City either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be SECTION IV Page 104 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications given forty-eight (48) hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12) month period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as they feel appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs on the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences and shall schedule to perform the required work to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 910. TREE PROTECTION 910-1. TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two inch (2") lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1') anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet (8') apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch (1") by four -inch (4") lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. SECTION IV Page 105 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 910-2. ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18") from existing grade. The City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for Root Pruning issues is the Senior Landscape Architect and can be reached at (727) 562-4747, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. SECTION IV Page 106 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10") per one inch (1") of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than eighteen inches (18"). H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed for this purpose. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30%) of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion -tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 107 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 108 of 108 Updated 10/12/2018 Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications SECTION IVa TABLE OF CONTENTS City of Clearwater Morningside Recreation Center Lighting Supplemental Technical Specifications (STS) These Supplemental Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions Section III and the Technical Specifications Section IV of the Construction Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplemental Conditions will have the meaning indicated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplemental Conditions have the meaning indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. STS -01 includes additional conditions that supplement or supersede conditions found in Section IV Technical Specifications. STS -01 SECTION 01201— MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (ATTACHED) STS -01 SECTION 01201 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as provided in the Bidder's Proposal and the Contract in full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and for performing all operations necessary to complete the work under the contract, and also in full payment for all loss or damages arising from the nature of the work, or in any discrepancy between the actual quantities of work and quantities herein estimated by the Engineer, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the work until the final acceptance by the City. Work not shown or called out in either the Drawings or the Specifications, but necessary in carrying out the intent of the Project or in the complete and proper execution of the Work, is required and shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were specifically delineated or described. No additional compensation will be considered for this associated and necessary work. NOTE BASKETBALL LIGHTING IS NOT PART OF THIS PROJECT Section IVa Page 1 of 12 06/22/2020 Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications The prices stated in the Bidder's Proposal include all costs and expenses for taxes, labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses for performing and completing the work as shown on the plans and specified herein. The Basis for Payment for an item at the unit price shown in the Bidder's Proposal shall be in accordance with the description of the item in this Section. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for the various items of work are intended to establish a total price for completing the work in its entirety. Should the Contractor feel that the costs for any item of work has not been established by the Bidder's Proposal or Measurement and Payment, he shall include the costs for that work in some other applicable bid item, so that his proposal for the project does reflect his total price for completing the work in its entirety. 1.2 LUMP SUM QUANTITIES Contractor shall be solely responsible for determining the quantities of each lump sum pay item necessary to complete the Work as required by the Contract Documents. When lump sum items are broken into components, the sum of the components shall be the total Contract Price for the Work. The lump sum price stated on the Bidder's Proposal shall constitute full compensation for each lump sum pay item completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. No other payments will be made to the Contractor except as specifically authorized by change order. 1.3 UNIT PRICE QUANTITIES All estimated quantities stipulated in the Unit Price portion of the Bidder's Proposal or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for unit price work and materials shall be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he shall make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. 1.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for all work done in compliance with the Contract Documents, inclusive of furnishing all manpower, equipment, materials and performance of all operations relative to construction of this project, will be made under the pay items listed herein and in accordance with the accepted Bid. Measurement and Payment descriptions for all Bid Items are described within this Section and shall replace any pay item description contained within Section IV. B. Methods of Measurement: Section IVa Page 2 of 12 06/22/2020 Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications 1. Units of measurement shall be defined in general terms as follows: a. Lump Sum (LS) b. Each (EA) 1.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Measurement and payment for each bid item shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to perform the work included for that respective item to provide a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. Payment for all sheeting, shoring, bracing, cofferdams, and other items necessary for a safe and workable excavation shall be included in those Items requiring same for a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. 1.6 ITEMS INCLUDED BUT NOT SPECIFIED The unit or lump sum prices designated in the proposal shall include all profit, taxes, labor, overhead, material, equipment, tools, utility notification, third party existing utility locate within work areas, and coordination, property owner coordination, towing of vehicles, protection of existing utilities, maintenance of traffic, erosion and sediment control, backfill, dewatering, extra backfill material as required, excavation materials, close out deliverables, record drawing (or "As -Built Survey") preparation and other work incidental thereto and specified in these specifications and on the drawings, all as applicable to the item described unless designated otherwise in the Unit Price Bid Schedule and hereafter specified. 1.7 PAY ITEMS Pay Item No. 1.1— Mobilization, General Conditions, Demobilization The work specified under this Section consists of preparatory work and operation in mobilizing to begin work on the project, including but limited to those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site(s), and for the establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities as required by these specifications, special provisions, and state and local laws and regulations and all items stated in Section IV, Scope of Work. Mobilization costs shall also include the costs of preconstruction videotaping, preparation and submission of a City -approved Hurricane Preparation Plan, preparation and submission of a City -approved Overall Work Plan, all materials, labor and equipment necessary to implement, maintain and remove (once the project is complete) features outlined in the aforementioned Hurricane Prevention and Overall Work Plans, coordination with residents and business owners throughout the project's duration, project signs, insurance, bonds, permits and other Contract materials. The contract unit price will be on a lump sum unit price. Partial payments will be allowed as outlined below. Section IVa Page 3 of 12 06/22/2020 Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications PERCENT OF ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT EARNED 5 10 25 100 ALLOWABLE PERCENT OF THE LUMP SUM PRICE FOR MOBILIZATION (*) 25 50 75 100 * Partial payments will be limited to 10 percent of the original Contract amount for the Project. Any remaining amount will be paid upon completion of all Work on the Project, including final punch list Work items. Pay Item No. 2.1— Tennis Court Luminaire (Musco TLC -LED -600) Payment for furnishing and installing new luminaires on the tennis court shall be paid for on a per each luminaire installed basis which will be full compensation for furnishing and installing all materials necessary for the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: protection of existing surfaces, wiring, fixture installation, connection to existing electrical infrastructure, mounting of remote monitoring system, laser aiming, startup, light measurement, pole labeling, and all other equipment, material and labor needed to provide a fully functional sports lighting system. NOTE BASKETBALL COURT LIGHTING IS NOT PART OF THIS PROJECT Pay Item No. 2.2 — Light Pole Payment for furnishing and installing light poles at the plan -specified fixture mounting height shall be paid for on a per each pole installation basis which will be full compensation for furnishing and installing all materials necessary for the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: field investigation, utility designation, utility adjustments (as needed), pole design, foundation design, permit acquisition, wind load verification, foundation materials, excavation, sheeting/shoring, wiring, testing, startup and all other equipment, material and labor needed to perform the work. Pay Item No. 2.3 — Control & Conductor Cabinet Payment for furnishing and installing the control and conductor shall be paid for on a per each cabinet installed basis which will be full compensation for furnishing and installing all materials necessary for the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: field investigation, removal of existing contactors and cabinets, existing panel modifications as needed, mounting of cabinet to supporting device (i.e. wall or concrete post), breaker upsizing where specified, wiring, testing, startup and all other equipment, material and labor needed to provide a fully functional sports lighting system. Section IVa Page 4 of 12 06/22/2020 Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications Pay Item No. 3.1— Site Restoration Payment for site restoration shall be provided on a lump sum basis which shall be full compensation to restore damaged surfaces and landscaping. The Contractor shall restore, to preconstruction condition or better, the following items if damaged during construction: sidewalk, tennis court playing surface, basketball playing surface, fencing, wind screen, sod, landscaping / turf / vegetation, landscape bed ground cover and any other surface, feature or item not specifically listed. Pay Item No. 4.0 — 10% Owner's Contingency Measurement for unspecified work that the Owner directs the Contractor to perform during construction of the project shall be measured by generally accepted unit quantities for such work as established under the General Conditions and agreed to by the Owner, Engineer and Contractor. The lump sum payment will be revised based on a negotiated agreement. The cost of this additional work shall be agreed upon in writing and approved by the City prior to starting this additional work. The quantities of unspecified work to be paid under this item shall be measured in units of pay for work in place, completed and accepted. The value of a unit shall be One and 00/100 Dollars ($1.00). The Bidder shall calculate this item on the Bid Form by totaling the Bid Items and multiplying by 10%. This item will be treated as an allowance, against which the City may direct work not shown on the Drawings, or require other additional work which falls within the general scope of work for the project, as approved in writing from the City. Each dollar of cost for the additional work will be considered one unit. The final project change order shall include all additional costs approved under the contingency. This item is for contingency if required during the course of the project to facilitate the project, and will be paid only after written authorization to include the item in the progress payments and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment required to do all related work for any miscellaneous work not specifically included for payment under any other item, but obviously necessary to complete the Contract. Partial payments under this item shall be agreed upon by the Owner, Engineer and Contractor. Section IVa Page 5 of 12 06/22/2020 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 i 1 Section IVb Supplemental Technical Specifications SPORTS LIGHTING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work covered by this section of the specifications shall conform to the contract documents, engineering plans as well as state and local codes. B. The purpose of these specifications is to define the lighting system performance and design standards for Morningside Tennis Courts using an LED Lighting source. The manufacturer / contractor shall supply lighting equipment to meet or exceed the standards set forth in these specifications. NOTE BASKETBALL LIGHTING IS NOT PART OF THIS PROJECT. C. The sports lighting will be for the following venues: 1. 4 Tennis courts side by side E. The primary goals of this sports lighting project are: 1. Guaranteed I.E.S. class IV Tennis Light Levels: Selection of appropriate light levels impact the safety of the players and the enjoyment of spectators. Therefore light levels are guaranteed to not drop below specified target values for a period of 25 years. 2. Environmental Light Control: It is the primary goal of this project to minimize spill light to adjoining properties and glare to the players, spectators and neighbors. The LED design should provide better control than a good HID design as described in section 1.3 3. Life -cycle Cost: In order to reduce the operating budget, the preferred lighting system shall be energy efficient and cost effective to operate. All maintenance costs shall be eliminated for the duration of the warranty. 4. Control and Monitoring: To allow for optimized use of labor resources and avoid unneeded operation of the facility, customer requires a remote on/off control system for the lighting system. Fields should be proactively monitored to detect luminaire outages over a 25 -year life cycle. All communication and monitoring costs for 25 -year period shall be included in the bid. F. Design and Permitting 1. Contractor shall be responsible for securing necessary permits. 1.2 LIGHTING PERFORMANCE A. Illumination Levels and Design Factors: Playing surfaces shall be lit to an average target illumination level and uniformity as specified in the chart below. Lighting calculations shall be developed and field measurements taken on the grid spacing with the minimum number of grid points specified below. Appropriate light loss factors shall be applied and submitted for the basis of design. Average illumination level shall be measured in accordance with the IESNA LM -5-04 (IESNA Guide for Photometric Measurements of Area and Sports Lighting Installations). Illumination levels shall not to drop below desired target values in accordance to IES RP -6-15, Page 2, Maintained Average Illuminance and shall be guaranteed for the full warranty period. Area of Lighting Average Target Illumination Levels Maximum to Minimum Uniformity Ratio Grid Points Grid Spacing Tennis 30fc 2.0:1 60 20' x 20' B. Hours of usage: Designs shall be based on the following hours of usage Area of Lighting Annual Usage Hours 25 year Usage Hours All Venues 550 13,750 Section IVb Page 1 Section IVb Supplemental Technical Specifications C. Color: The lighting system shall have a minimum color temperature of 5700K and a CRI of 65+ D. DLC: The lighting system shall meet DLC Efficacy guidelines of 105 lumens per watt for outdoor luminaires E. Mounting Heights: To ensure proper aiming angles for reduced glare and to provide better playability, minimum mounting heights shall be as described below. Higher mounting heights may be required based on photometric report and ability to ensure the top of the field angle is a minimum of 10 degrees below horizontal. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LIGHT CONTROL A. Light Control Luminaires: All luminaires shall utilize spill light and glare control devices including, but not limited to, internal shields, louvers and external shields. No symmetrical beam patterns are accepted. B. The first page of a photometric report for all luminaire types proposed showing horizontal and vertical axial candle power shall be provided to demonstrate the capability of achieving the specified performance. Reports shall be certified by a qualified independent testing laboratory with a minimum of five years experience or by a manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. A summary of the horizontal and vertical aiming angles for each luminaire shall be included with the photometric report. C. Upper Beam Definition Fixtures shall not exceed the candlepower at the specified degrees above the center of the beam in the vertical plane as specified in the following table. NEMA Classification of Vertical Beam Candela Degrees Above the Center of the Beam in the Vertical Plane 4 10,000 15.00 degrees This mounting height increase will be calculated by referencing the fixture photometric report and determining the angle above vertical that the fixture achieves a candela reading less than or equal to 10,000 candela. Pole heights will be increased 3.33' for every one degree above 15.0 degrees needed to achieve a candela reading of 10,000. For example: If 10,000 candela is achieved at 19.5 degrees above vertical, a minimum mounting height of 85' (4.5 degrees x 3.33') would be required for the poles. PART 2 — PRODUCT 2.1 SPORTS LIGHTING SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION A. Manufacturing Requirements: All components shall be designed and manufactured as a system. All luminaires, wire harnesses, drivers and other enclosures shall be factory assembled, aimed, wired and tested. B. Fixtures are to be labeled individually for ease of installation and identification for warranty purposes C. Durability: All exposed components shall be constructed of corrosion resistant material and/or coated to help prevent corrosion. All exposed carbon steel shall be hot dip galvanized per ASTM A123. All exposed aluminum shall be powder coated with high performance polyester or anodized. All exterior reflective inserts shall be anodized, coated, and protected from direct environmental exposure to prevent reflective degradation or corrosion. All exposed hardware and fasteners shall be stainless steel of 18-8 grade or better, passivated and coated with aluminum -based thermosetting Section IVO Page 2 1 Section IVb Supplemental Technical Specifications epoxy resin for protection against corrosion and stress corrosion cracking. Structural fasteners may be carbon steel and galvanized meeting ASTM A153 and ISO/EN 1461 (for hot dipped galvanizing), or ASTM B695 (for mechanical galvanizing). All wiring shall be enclosed within the cross -arms, pole, or electrical components enclosure. D. System Description: Lighting system shall consist of the following: 1. Galvanized steel poles and cross -arm assembly. Alternate: Concrete pole with a minimum of 8,000 psi and installed with concrete backfill will be an acceptable alternative provided building code, wind speed and foundation designs per specifications are adhered to. 2. Non -approved pole technology: a. Square static cast concrete poles will not be accepted. b. Direct bury steel poles which utilize the extended portion of the steel shaft for their foundation will not be accepted due to potential for internal and external corrosive reaction to the soils and long term performance concerns. 3. Pre -stressed concrete base embedded in concrete backfill allowed to cure for 12-24 hours before pole stress is applied. Alternate may be an anchor bolt foundation designed such that the steel pole and any exposed steel portion of the foundation is located a minimum of 18 inches above final grade. The concrete for anchor bolt foundations shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 28 days before the pole stress is applied unless shorter cure time approved by structural engineer of record. 4. Manufacturer will remote all drivers and supporting electrical equipment in aluminum enclosures mounted approximately 10 feet above grade. The enclosures shall be touch -safe and include drivers and fusing with indicator lights on fuses to notify when a fuse is to be replaced for each luminaire. Disconnect per circuit for each pole structure will be located in the enclosure. Integral driver fixtures will not be accepted. 5. Manufacturer shall provide surge protection at the pole equal to or greater than 40kA for each line to ground (Common Mode) as recommended by IEEE C62.41.2_2002. 6. Wire harness complete with an abrasion protection sleeve, strain relief and plug-in connections for fast, trouble-free installation. 7. All luminaires, visors, and cross -arm assemblies shall withstand 150 mph winds and maintain luminaire aiming alignment. 8. Control cabinet to provide remote on-off control and monitoring of the lighting system. Cabinet shall be constructed of aluminum and be rated NEMA Type 4. Communication method shall be provided by manufacturer. Cabinet shall contain custom configured contactor modules for 30, 60, and 100 amps, labeled to match field diagrams and electrical design. Manual off -on -auto selector switches shall be provided. 9. Lightning Protection: Manufacturer shall provide integrated lightning grounding via concrete encased electrode grounding system as defined by NFPA 780 and be UL Listed per UL 96 and UL 96A. If grounding is not integrated into the structure, the manufacturer shall supply grounding electrodes, copper down conductors, and exothermic weld kits. Electrodes and conductors shall be sized as required by NFPA 780. The grounding electrode shall be minimum size of 5/8 inch diameter and 8 feet long, with a minimum of 10 feet embedment. Grounding electrode shall be connected to the structure by a grounding electrode conductor with a minimum size of 2 AWG for poles with 75 feet mounting height or less, and 2/0 AWG for poles with more than 75 feet mounting height. 10. Enhanced corrosion protection package: Due to the potentially corrosive environment for this project, manufacturers must provide documentation that their products meet the following enhanced requirements in addition to the standard durability protection specified above: a) Exposed carbon steel horizontal surfaces on the crossarm assembly shall be galvanized to no less than a five (5) mil average thickness. b) Exposed die cast aluminum components shall be Type II anodized per MIL -STD - 8625 and coated with high performance polyester. Section IVO Page 3 Section IVb Supplemental Technical Specifications c) Exposed extruded aluminum components shall be Type II anodized per MIL -STD - 8625 and coated with high performance polyester. E. Safety: All system components shall be UL listed for the appropriate application. 2.2 ELECTRICAL A. Electric Power Requirements for the Sports Lighting Equipment: 1. Electric power: 480 Volt, 3 Phase 2. Maximum total voltage drop: Voltage drop to the disconnect switch located on the poles shall not exceed five (5) percent of the rated voltage. B. Energy Consumption: The average kW consumption for the field lighting system shall be 28kW. The max kW consumption for the field lighting system shall be 28kW. 2.3 STRUCTURAL PARAMETERS A. Wind Loads: Wind loads shall be based on the 2014 Florida Building Code. Wind loads to be calculated using ASCE 7-10, an ultimate design wind speed of 150 and exposure category C 2.1 CONTROL A. Instant On/Off Capabilities: System shall provide for instant on/off of luminaires. B. Remote Lighting Control System: System shall allow owner and users with a security code to schedule on/off system operation via a web site, phone, fax or email up to ten years in advance. Manufacturer shall provide and maintain a two-way TCP/IP communication link. Trained staff shall be available 24/7 to provide scheduling support and assist with reporting needs. The owner may assign various security levels to schedulers by function and/or fields. This function must be flexible to allow a range of privileges such as full scheduling capabilities for all fields to only having permission to execute "early off' commands by phone. Scheduling tool shall be capable of setting curfew limits. Controller shall accept and store 7 -day schedules, be protected against memory loss during power outages, and shall reboot once power is regained and execute any commands that would have occurred during outage. C. Remote Monitoring System: System shall monitor lighting performance and notify manufacturer if individual luminaire outage is detected so that appropriate maintenance can be scheduled. The controller shall determine switch position (manual or auto) and contactor status (open or closed). D. Management Tools: Manufacturer shall provide a web -based database and dashboard tool of actual field usage and provide reports by facility and user group. Dashboard shall also show current status of luminaire outages, control operation and service. Mobile application will be provided suitable for IOS, Android and Blackberry devices. Hours of Usage: Manufacturer shall provide a means of tracking actual hours of usage for the field lighting system that is readily accessible to the owner. 1. Cumulative hours: shall be tracked to show the total hours used by the facility 2. Report hours saved by using early off and push buttons by users. E. Communication Costs: Manufacturer shall include communication costs for operating the controls and monitoring system for a period of 25 years. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY TIMING Delivery Timing Equipment On -Site: The equipment must be on-site 7 Weeks from receipt of approved submittals and receipt of complete order information. Section IVb Page 4 1 Section lVb Supplemental Technical Specifications 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Laser aiming is required - This can be accomplished two ways 1) If the fixtures are factory aimed, the crossarm assembly as one unit 2) Fixtures that are not factory aimed must be individually laser aimed for quality control. B. Illumination Measurements: Upon substantial completion of the project and in the presence of the Contractor, Project Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Manufacturer's Representative, illumination measurements shall be taken and verified. The illumination measurements shall be conducted in accordance with IESNA LM -5-04. C. Field Light Level Accountability 1. Light levels are guaranteed not to fall below the target maintained light levels for the entire warranty period of 25 Years. 2. The contractor/manufacturer shall be responsible for an additional inspection one year from the date of commissioning of the lighting system and will utilize the owner's light meter in the presence of the owner. 3. The contractor/manufacturer will be held responsible for any and all changes needed to bring these fields back to compliance for light levels and uniformities. Contractor/Manufacturer will be held responsible for any damage to the fields during these repairs. D. Correcting Non -Conformance: If, in the opinion of the Owner or his appointed Representative, the actual performance levels including foot candles and uniformity ratios are not in conformance with the requirements of the performance specifications and submitted information, the Manufacturer shall be required to make adjustments to meet specifications and satisfy Owner. 3.4 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE A. 25 -Year Warranty: Each manufacturer shall supply a signed warranty covering the entire system for 25 years from the date of shipment. Warranty shall guarantee specified light levels. Manufacturer shall maintain specifically -funded financial reserves to assure fulfillment of the warranty for the full term. Warranty does not cover weather conditions events such as lightning or hail damage, improper installation, vandalism or abuse, unauthorized repairs or alterations, or product made by other manufacturers. 1) Manufacturer shall maintain specifically -funded financial reserves to assure fulfillment of the warranty for the full term. 2) Manufacturer must have employees/technicians to service the equipment located within a 60 mile radius. This is in addition to a network of contractors used to service the system. 3) If the control system is not provided by the manufacturer of the lighting system, the manufacturer of the Control System must have employees/technicians to service the equipment located within a 60 mile radius. This is in addition to a network of contractors used to service the system. B. Maintenance: Manufacturer shall monitor the performance of the lighting system, including on/off status, hours of usage and luminaire outage for 25 years from the date of equipment shipment. Individual luminaire outages shall be repaired when the usage of any field is materially impacted. Owner agrees to check fuses in the event of a luminaire outage. PART 4 — DESIGN APPROVAL 4.0 PRE-BID SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS (Non-Musco) A. Design Approval: The owner / engineer will review pre-bid submittals per section from all the manufacturers to ensure compliance to the specification 10 days prior to bid. If the design meets the design requirements of the specifications, a letter and/or addendum will be issued to the manufacturer indicating approval for the specific design submitted. B. Approved Product: Musco's TLC LED light source is the approved product. All substitutions must provide a complete submittal package for approval as outlined in Submittal Information at the end of Section IVO Page 5 Section IVb Supplemental Technical Specifications this section at least 10 days prior to bid. Special manufacturing to meet the standards of this specification may be required. An addendum will be issued prior to bid listing any other approved lighting manufacturers and designs. C. All listed manufacturers not pre -approved shall submit the information at the end of this section at least 10 days prior to bid. An addendum will be issued prior to bid; listing approved lighting manufacturers and the design method to be used. D. Bidders are required to bid only products that have been approved by this specification or addendum by the owner or owner's representative. Bids received that do not utilize an approved system/design, will be rejected. PART 5 — DESIGN APPROVAL 5.0 POST BID SUBMITTAL A. In the event that a manufacturer provides a submittal that is deemed to be incomplete, that manufacturer has 2 weeks maximum to provide all requested information. If the manufacturer does not comply with this timeline, they will be deemed non-compliant and the submittals will be rejected. Section IVb Page 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 Section IVb Supplemental Technical Specifications REQUIRED SUBMITTAL INFORMATION FOR ALL MANUFACTURERS (NOT PRE -APPROVED) 10 DAYS PRIOR TO BID All items listed below are mandatory, shall comply with the specification and be submitted according to pre-bid submittal requirements. Complete the Yes/No column to indicate compliance (Y) or noncompliance (N) for each item. Submit checklist below with submittal. Yes/ No Tab Item Description A Letter/ Checklist Listing of all information being submitted must be included on the table of contents. List the name of the manufacturer's local representative and his/her phone number. Signed submittal checklist to be included. B Equipment Layout Drawing(s) showing field layouts with pole locations C On Field Lighting Design Lighting design drawing(s) showing: a. Field Name, date, file number, prepared by b. Outline of field(s) being lighted, as well as pole locations referenced to the center of the field (x & y), Illuminance levels at grid spacing specified c. Pole height, number of fixtures per pole, horizontal and vertical aiming angles, as well as luminaire information including wattage, lumens and optics d. Height of light test meter above field surface. e. Summary table showing the number and spacing of grid points; average, minimum and maximum illuminance levels in foot candles (fc); uniformity including maximum to minimum ratio, coefficient of variance (CV), coefficient of utilization (CU) uniformity gradient; number of luminaries, total kilowatts, average tilt factor; light loss factor. D Environmental Light Control Design Environmental glare impact scans must be submitted showing the maximum candela from the field edge on a map of the surrounding area F Photometric Report Provide first page of photometric report for all luminaire types being proposed showing candela tabulations as defined by IESNA Publication LM -35-02. Photometric data shall be certified by laboratory with current National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program or an independent testing facility with over 5 years experience. G Performance Guarantee Provide performance guarantee including a written commitment to undertake all corrections required to meet the performance requirements noted in these specifications at no expense to the owner. Light levels must be guaranteed to not fall below target levels for warranty period. H Structural Calculations Pole structural calculations and foundation design showing foundation shape, depth backfill requirements, rebar and anchor bolts (if required). Pole base reaction forces shall be shown on the foundation drawing along with soil bearing pressures. Design must be stamped by a structural engineer in the state of FL, if required by owner. (May be supplied upon award). 1 Control & Monitoring System Manufacturer of the control and monitoring system shall provide written definition and schematics for automated control system to include monitoring. They will also provide 10 references of customers currently using proposed system in the state of FL J Electrical Distribution Plans Manufacturer bidding an alternate product must include a revised electrical distribution plan including changes to service entrance, panels and wire sizing, signed by a licensed Electrical Engineer in the state of FL K Warranty Provide written warranty information including all terms and conditions. Provide 10 references of customers currently under specified warranty in the state of FL L Project References Manufacturer to provide a list of 10 projects where the technology and specific fixture proposed for this project has been installed in the state of FL. Reference list will include project name, project city, installation date, and if requested, contact name and contact phone number. M Product Information Complete bill of material and current brochures/cut sheets for all product being provided. N Delivery Manufacturer shall supply an expected delivery timeframe from receipt of approved submittals and complete order information. ,_ O Non- Compliance Manufacturer shall list all items that do not comply with the specifications. If in full compliance, tab may be omitted. The information supplied herein shall be used for the purpose of complying with the specifications for FFF Boggy Creek. By signing below I agree that all requirements of the specifications have been met and that the manufacturer will be responsible for Section IVb Page 7 Section IVb Supplemental Technical Specifications any future costs incurred to bring their equipment into compliance for all items not meeting specifications and not listed in the Non -Compliance section. Manufacturer: Contact Name: Section IVb Page 8 Signature: Date: 1 1 1 1 1 1 Musco Sports Lighting * 2220 Cluster Oak Dr. #H * Clermont, FL 34711 Telephone (352) 243-9999 * Fax (352) 243-2791 MORNINGSIDE TENNIS 4 ACROSS COURTS Date: May 14, 2020 Field Description: 4 Across Tennis. Based on Musco lighting design 192207B Light Structure Green TM System delivered to your site in Five Easy PiecesTM • 6 x Pre -cast concrete bases, • 6 x 50'mh Galvanized steel poles • UL Listed remote electrical component enclosure & Pole length wire harness • 16 x Factory -aimed and assembled Musco TLC LED 600w Luminaires Also Includes: • Energy savings of more than 50% over a standard lighting system • 50% less spill and glare light than Musco's prior industry leading technology • Musco C25 warranty • Guaranteed constant light level of 30fc with 2.0:1 uniformity (IES Standards) for 25 years. No point Tess than 30fc Materials Musco's Light Structure GreenTM as described above and delivered to the job site $95,700.00 • Sales tax is not included as part of this budget estimate. Pricing furnished is considered confidential. Divulging technical or pricing information to competitive vendors will result in removal from the bid list. JL 9.441,4 gerWo G4- SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 14 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 15 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES THAT BOYCOTT ISRAEL LIST CERTIFICATION FORM 16 SECTION V Page i Updated: 5/4/2020 Performance and Payment Bond Public Work Surety Bond No.: FLC85756 As to the Contractor/Principal: Name: M Gay Constructors Inc Principal Business Address: 11901 Industry Drive Jacksonville, FL 32218 Telephone: (904) 714-4001 As to the Surety: Name: Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) Principal Business Address: P 0 Box 14498 Des Moines IA 50306 Telephone: (800) 678-8171 As to the Owner of the Property/Contracting Public Entity: Name: City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation Principal Business Address: 100 S Myrtle Avenue Clearwater FL 33756 Telephone: 727-562-4800 Project Description: Morningside Tennis Court Lighting Project No 19 -0035 -PR Legal Description of Project: Morningside Tennis Court Lighting Project No 19 -0035 -PR This bond has been furnished to comply with the requirements of F.S.A. 255.05. This bond is hereby amended such that All provisions and limitations, including conditions, notice and time limitations of F.S.A. 255.05 are incorporated herein by reference. Any provisions of this bond which conflicts with or purports to grant broader or more expanded coverage in excess of the minimum requirements of the applicable statute shall be deemed herefrom. This bond is a statutory bond, not a common law bond. This is the front page of the performance/ payment bond(s) regardless of preprinted numbers on the other pages issued in compliance with Florida Statute 255.05 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: FLC85756 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR M. Gay Constructors, Inc. 11901 Industry Dr. Jacksonville, FL 32218 (904) 714-4001 SURETY OWNER Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) P 0 Box 14498 Des Moines IA 50362 City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-4800 PROJECT NAME: Morningside Tennis Court Lighting PROJECT NO.: 19 -0035 -PR PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The installation of new LED Lighting System of existing tennis courts at Morningside Recreation Center, 2400 Harn Blvd., Clearwater, FL 33764. BY THIS BOND, We, M. Gay Constructors, Inc., as Contractor, and Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $169,470.40, for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of Morningside Tennis Court Lighting, the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: FLC85756 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this �0, 200. (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). WITNESS: Secretary or Witness rP ry Print Name: (affix corporate seal) SECTION V 1 M. Gay Construct i / By: Title:, Print Name: u & A , 3yi day of WITNESS: i. Print Name: Vtlr;Ltak.,( r �1 Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) (Corporate Sur. By: ATTO Print Name: Y - (affix corporate seal) (Power of Attorney must be attached) Page 2 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 MERCHANHi BONDING COMPANY.. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa (herein collectively called the 'Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Benjamin Powell; Fitzhugh K Powell Jr; Robert T Theus; Susan W Jordan their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power -of -Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of MerchantsNational Bonding, Inc., on October 16, 2015. 'The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attomeys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof.' The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner - Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 11th day of February , 2020 . STATE OF IOWA ..•Ptt0 Ni • :44 • 'Z% 94� �y1; I€RCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. �= • .2 o O:• .Q: :3 yJ 1933 : C: By •�-v. .•6444,•• -.•`1a: III RCHANTS BONDING COINIANY (MUTUAL) President COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this 1lth day of February 2020 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. cklAc POLLY MASON q Commission Number 750576 My Commission Expires January 07, 2023 po Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this ..••'N4 NNG C�. ?AO .. < �O '...1 • . 4 C,I3 p'l y\ : moo: SRP 04,9.9, : :2x2 _0_ Q.Q: :r -1y -143. 11..;', . %.-- + 2003 :,P y;_ 1933 cc: •• b.,; . ` . .,..-....... -:s •• • 4 . POA 0018 (1/203 21st day of December ,2020 Secretary SECTION V —Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20_ by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and M. Gay Constructors, Inc., of the City of Jacksonville, County of Duval, and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". [Or, if out of state:] This CONTRACT made and entered into this _ day of , 20_ by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and , a/an (State) Corporation authorized to do business in the State of Florida, of the City of County of and State of , hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: Morningside Tennis Court Lighting PROJECT NO.: 19 -0035 -PR in the amount of $169,470.40 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. SECTION V Page 3 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub -contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Call@myclearwater.com, 600 Cleveland St. Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10. Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and SECTION V Page 5 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: Willi . Horne, II C. Manager tkAco G,, vAcof.v,je.\ ountersigned: By: an Iae.\Acig- Contractor must indicate whether: x Corporation, Partnership, Attest: aki 1 - Rosemarie Call City Clerk Apr ved as to fo s(gi 0/611 Owen Kohler Assistant City Attorney x Company, or M. Gay Constructors, Inc. Individual The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the • Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 6 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 TO OWNER: SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 PROJECT NAME: Morningside Recreation Center Tennis Court Lighting PROJECT NO.: 19 -0035 -EN CONTRACT DATE: [ 1 BOND NO.: [ 1, recorded in O.R. Book [ 1. Page [ 1, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. CONTRACTOR: M. Gay Constructors, Inc. Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: on bond of M. Gay Constructors, Inc. 11901 Industry Dr. Jacksonville, FL 32218 ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater Parks and Recreation 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this Attest: (Seal): SECTION V day of ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) Page 7 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSALBID BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, M Gay Constructors Inc. PO Box 26249 Jacksonville, FL 32226 as Contractor, and Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) as Surety, whose address is PO Box 14498 Des Moines IA 50361 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Bid Amount Dollars ($10% ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of M Gay Constructors Inc. as Contractor, and Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) as Surety, for work specified as: Momingside Tennis Court Lighting #19 -0035 -PR all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: Corporation, Partnership, Signed this 19th Company, or Individual day of November M Gay Constructors Inc. , 20 20 Contractor Principal ' M By: Pry 4� Title Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) j Surety Benjanfin Powell, Attomey in Fact The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and°his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to binds die - Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 8 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 MERCI-ANT BONDING COMPANYT. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Benjamin Powell; Fitzhugh K Powell Jr; Robert T Theus; Susan W Jordan their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power-of-Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of MerchantsNational Bonding, Inc.. on October 16, 2015. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact. and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company. and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attomey or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship o bligations of the Company. and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenti ng to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner - Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 11th day of February , 2020 . : : •off'' Rp 0 q ' 9 MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) �0, •GRO t1� .• Z : co; VO q�,Z� MERCHANT) NATIONAL BONDING, INC. Q:� -a- 10: •f•-•• •f•-•• ' -o- o; 0 2003 a• :5_ 1933 c; By %tit./ \ ..,i' . .•ki••......%L \ , 'President 1!7 ,.• STATE OF IOWA ""• COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this 11th day of February 2020 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly swom did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. `l41. s POLLY MASON AA7, Commission Number 750576 gnat . My Commission Expires January 07, 2023 /OWP Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does rot invalidate this instrument) 1, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 19th day af November 2920 cry=.110oi ..•.• *ON Q�y•.i........... ° • �9.O.0.3 /`/ , ,(% j :%•-• 2003 Vis) : 1933' c Secretary 1Y. ••..fir. - :";3? POA 0018 (1/201 '1`s SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF Duval ) Michael Gay , being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of M. Gay Constructors, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 11901 Industry Dr (Street & Number) Affiant further says that he is familiar M. Gay Constructors, Inc. Jacksonville, Duval (City) (County) FL 32218 (State) with the records, minute books and by-laws of (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that Michael Gay (Officer's Name) is President (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for M. Gay Constructors, Inc. or said corporation by virtue of (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Michael Gay Affiant Sworn to before me this 16 day of November i .e. DANQItLWYIDE l.. Do On*GGI$948T sy„..:c a' rde EetnTivi Fila Mosso nil SECTION V ,2020 Notary Public Danielle L Wylde Type/print/stamp name of Notary Title or rank, and Serial No., if any Page 9 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V — Contract Documents NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Duval ) Michael Gay being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is President of M. Gay Constructors, Inc. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this 16th day of SECTION V Affi ichael Gay November , 2020 . Notary b ic Danielle Page 10 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING #19 -0035 -PR and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING #19 -0035 -PR Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. SECTION V Page 11 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V —Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($ ) The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub -contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Michael Gay President / Secretary 11901 Industry Dr Jacksonville, FL 32218 Signature of Bidder: icfiael Gay /Ja, The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: Michael Gay By: 71/*/6 Company Legal Name: M. Gay Constructors, Inc. Doing Business As (if different than above): Title: President Business Address of Bidder: 11901 Industry Dr City and State: Jacksonville, FL Zip Code 32218 Phone: (904) 714-4001 Dated at 2 pm Email Address: mgcmikeg a©gmail.com, mgcthadh@gmail.com, mgcdanielfet@gmail.com , this 16th day of November , A.D., 2020. SECTION V Page 12 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING #19 -0035 -PR Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. 1 Date: 11/4/2020 Addendum No. 2 Date: 11/10/2020 Addendum No. 3 Date: 1111(4202.0 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: M. Gay Constructors, Inc. (Name of Bidder) • j (Signature of Officer) Michael Gay President (Title of Officer) 11/16/2020 (Date) SECTION V Page 13 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING #19 -0035 -PR CONTRACTOR: M. Gay Constructors, Inc. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ 169,470.00 (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: ONE HUNDRED SIXTY NINE THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED SEVENTY DOLLARS. (Words) BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 19 -0035 -PR BID ITEMS UNIT EST QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL 1.0 Mobilization and Site Preparation 1.1 Mobilization, General Conditions, Demobilization, Utilization of Third Party to Locate Existing Underground Utilities Within the Work Area LS 1 7,164.00 7,164.00 Subtotal 7,164.00 2.0 Lighting & Electrical 2.1 Tennis Court Luminaire (Musco TLC -LED -600 includes Musco C-25 maintenance and warranty) EA 16 102,400.00 102,400.00 2.2 Light Pole EA 6 INCLUDED 2.3 Control & Conductor Cabinet EA 1 42,000.00 42,000.00 Subtotal 144,400.00 3.0 Restoration 3.1 Site Restoration LS 1 2,500.00 2,500.00 Subtotal 146, 900.00 SUBTOTAL (1.1 - 3.1) 154,064.00 4.0 10% Owner's Contingency of Subtotal 1.1- 3.1 LS 1 15,406.00 TOTAL CONTRACT (1.1 - 4.0) 169,470.00 THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COPIES OF A CURRENT CONTRACTOR LICENSE/REGISTRATION WITH THE STATE OF FLORIDA AND PINELLAS COUNTY IN THE BID RESPONSE. SECTION V Page 14 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING #19 -0035 -PR CONTRACTOR: M. Gay Constructors, Inc. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ 169,470.00 (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: ONE HUNDRED SIXTY NINE THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED SEVENTY DOLLARS. (Words) BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 19 -0035 -PR BID ITEMS UNIT EST QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL 1.0 Mobilization and Site Preparation 1.1 Mobilization, General Conditions, Demobilization, Utilization of Third Party to Locate Existing Underground Utilities Within the Work Area LS 1 7,164.00 7,164.00 r, Subtotal 7,164.00 2.0 Lighting & Electrical ✓' (,te. o fl o c7 2.1 Tennis Court Luminaire (Musco TLC -LED -600 includes Musco C-25 maintenance and warranty) EA 16 ' 102,400.00 2.2 Light Pole EA 6 for INCLUDED 2,3 Control & Conductor Cabinet EA 1 42,000.00 42,000.00 Subtotal 144,400.00 3.0 Restoration 3.1 Site Restoration LS 1 2,500.00 2,500.00 Subtotal 146,900.00 SUBTOTAL (1.1- 3.1) 154,064.00 4.0 10% Owner's Contingency of Subtotal 1.1— 3.1 LS 1 15,406.00 TOTAL CONTRACT (1.1 - 4.0) 169,470.00 i FIE BIDDER S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COPIES OF A CURRENT CONTRACTOR LICENSE/REGISTRATION WITH THE STATE OF FLORIDA ANQ PINELLAS COUNTY IN THE BID RESPONSE. SECTION V Page 14 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION IH, ITEM25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORMAS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Duval Authoririefl Signature Michael Gay Printed Name President Title M. Gay Constructors, Inc. Name of Entity/Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 16th day of November , 2020 , by Michael Gay (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the President (title) of M. Gay Constructors, Inc. (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein Michael Gay , or produced a (type of identification) as ideication, and who didof take an oath. L - Le., Notary Public Danielle L Wylde My Commission Expires: 04/06/2022 NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SECTION V Printed Name Page 15 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES THAT BOYCOTT ISRAEL LIST CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORMAS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel; and 3. "Boycott Israel" or "boycott of Israel" means refusing to deal, terminating business activities, or taking other actions to limit commercial relations with Israel, or persons or entities doing business in Israel or in Israeli -controlled territories, in a discriminatory manner. A statement by a company that it is participating in a boycott of Israel, or that it has initiated a boycott in response to a request for a boycott of Israel or in compliance with, or in furtherance of, calls for a boycott of Israel, may be considered as evidence that a company is participating in a boycott of Israel; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Cpmpanies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel. STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Duval Authoriz&d Signature Michael Gay Printed Name President Title M. Gay Constructors, Inc. Name of Entity/Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 16th day of November 2020 , by Michael Gay (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the President (title) of M. Gay Constructors. Inc. (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein Michael Gay , or produced a (type of identification) as id ificatiou, and who did not take an oath. "FitDANIELLEL.WYLDE !la y Commission # GG 189487 . Expires April 6. 2022 eondad Thu DayFab Insurance 806.98S4v:'. My Commission Expires: 04/06/2022 NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SECTION V Notary Public Danielle L Wylde Printed Name Page 16 of 16 Updated: 5/4/2020 ADDENDUM NO. 1 DATED: November 4, 2020 TO THE DRAWINGS AND PROJECT MANUAL FOR: PROJECT: Morningside Tennis Court Lighting PROJECT NO. 19 -0035 -PR PREPARED BY: PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT 100 S. MYRTLE AVE. CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 3375 PHONE: 727-562-4856 FAX: 727-562-4825 ADVANCE ENGINERING & DESIGN 3931 68TH NORTH PINELLAS PARK, FLORIDA 33781 THIS ADDENDUM NO. 1 ISSUED TO CLARIFY, BID MEETNIG, SIGN IN SHEET AND QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS TO BIDDING DOCUMENTS FOR MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING - PROJECT NO. 19 -0035 -PR OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THIS WORK, THIS ADDENDUM CONSTITUTES A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM ON THE PROPOSAL FORM. A. Discussed items at Pre -Bid Meeting Agenda Minutes dated October 28, 2020 1:30 PM. 1 See attached Recommended Pre -Bid Meeting Agenda Minutes — 6 pages. B. Attached Pre bid sign in sheet — one page C. Questions & Responses: 1. Direct purchase of MUSCO Lighting System by Owner are we to include cost of MUSCO Lighting System in our Bid? Response: Yes, prospective bidders shall include MUSCO Lighting System in his proposal and all applicable sales tax in his proposal. 2. At Morningside Tennis, the light poles on the South side of the courts have very limited access from outside of the courts. It will be necessary to drive a crane truck onto the courts to set the poles. a. Given that the courts were previously lit with light poles, were those poles maintained with a bucket truck driving on the courts? Response: The original sport lighting access were not across tennis court, but on the south side of the tennis court fencing, there was very little landscaping, playground was not existing and sidewalk not an issue. b. Will the winning bidder be allowed to drive a truck on the courts, and are there any provisions in place to refinish the courts after the lighting installation is complete? Response: There are no current plans to refinish the tennis courts, however the Owner will make arrangements to remove portion of fencing to allow access from north side across tennis courts court surface and minimize numerous times crossing tennis courts and take care not to damage tennis court surface. c. Will it be acceptable to install the control cabinet for the lighting on the South East corner of the courts on the light pole installed there or on a separate concrete post? Or will installation of the control cabinet be required to be located at the point of service? Response: Contractor shall install electrical panels as shown on contract drawings and no deviation from permitted drawings. 3. Regards to Prequalification we have a continuing contact with the City of Clearwater do we need to prequalify again. Response: All contactor shall contact Construction Contract and Procurement Specialist Laura Davis at (727) 562-4509 or Laura.Davis@myclearwater.com. to confirm you are prequalified. Even though you may have a current city contract you may not be prequalified, or it has expired. Your prequalification must be submitted, Pre -qualification applications are due on Wednesday, November 11, 2020, two weeks (ten business days) before the bid opening. No exceptions. 4. Will the city accept tennis court lighting equal to MUSCO Sport Lighting? Response: Please see Morningside Tennis Performance Spec 2020 Sport Lighting must be equal to this technical specification in every aspect; Lighting Performance, Environmental Light Control, Sport Lighting System Construction, Electrical, Structural Parameters, Control, Field Quality Control, 25 year Warranty and Guarantee of entire system, Maintenance Monitoring 25 years repair and replacement of luminaires. Bidder must provide information of what is the lighting equal manufacture and information about sport lighting system they propose at time of submission of their bid proposal if it is other than MUSCO Sport Lighting System as specified. If bidder fails to provide this equal sport lighting system and is successful bidder and awarded the contract shall install MUSCO Sport Lighting System and other manufacture will not be accepted in the submittal process. End of Addendum No. 1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 DATED: November 11/10/2020 TO THE DRAWINGS AND PROJECT MANUAL FOR: PROJECT: Morningside Tennis Court Lighting PROJECT NO. 19 -0035 -PR PREPARED BY: PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT 100 S. MYRTLE AVE. CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 3375 PHONE: 727-562-4856 FAX: 727-562-4825 ADVANCE ENGINERING & DESIGN 3931 68TH NORTH PINELLAS PARK, FLORIDA 33781 THIS ADDENDUM NO. 2 ISSUED TO CLARIFY SUBSTITUTION OF EPHESUS SPORT LIGHTING FOR MUSCO SPORT LIGHTING TO BIDDING DOCUMENTS FOR MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING - PROJECT NO. 19 -0035 -PR OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THIS WORK, THIS ADDENDUM CONSTITUTES A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM ON THE PROPOSAL FORM. A. Request to review Ephesus Sport Lighting as a substitution for MUSCO see attachment submitted. a. MORNINGSIDE TENNIS — EPHESUS SUBMITTAL FOR PREAPPROVAL (1 page) b. Florida Feature Products (1 page) c. Ephesus Sport Lighting — material submittal. (15 pages) 1. Ephesus Sport Lighting is non-responsive - based on checklist Ephesus Sport Lighting is not an acceptable substitution. 2. Page 7 of the Specifications provides a checklist for manufacturers wanting to be approved. 3. Several areas of non-compliance a. Item C — On field lighting design b. Pole heights are 50'. This is to control the glare on the surrounding properties. The project was designed to protect the neighbors from spill AND glare c. Light design required by the City of Clearwater is 30fc minimum grid point. The attached designs are 30fc average with multiple grid points being less than 30fc d. Item D. - No Glare candela scans were submitted (Spill scans are not the same). e. Item E. — No photometric report was submitted. The photometric report shows the amount of glare in the upper portion of the beam. f. Per section 1.3, A — No external visors to control glare are supplied g. Per section 1.3, B — First page of the photometric report was not provided h. Per section 1.3, C — No documentation was provided showing that the fixture proposed limits candela in the upper portion of the beam to 10,000 candela at 15 degrees above vertical i. Item I — No information on controls as specified in section j. Item K — Warranty is for 10 years. k. No information who will do the warranty. NGU only in business for a few years and they are not a manufacturer 1. No information on specifically funded reserves for the warranty m. No information on who will be performing the labor portion of the warranty and where the manufacturer has technicians within 60 miles (section 3.4) n. The manufacturer's warranty is 10 years parts — who is proposed to cover labor and who would cover parts and labor for 25 years. o. Item L — References where these specific fixtures are installed. These references are for various Ephesus fixtures. Verify which (if any) are using the Lumasport as this is a new fixture. p. Item M — Product information q. Drivers are located at the top of the pole, not at 15' above grade as specified in section 2.1, D — 4 r. Surge provided is 10kV — far short of the 40kA required in section 2.1, D — 5 s. There is no information on the fixtures ability to withstand 150mph winds as specified in 2.1, D — 7 t. No information on controls and monitoring as required in the specification u. SO cords are used to power the fixtures. Internal wiring is specified. End of Addendum No. 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MORNINGSIDE TENNIS — EPHESUS SUBMITTAL FOR PREAPPROVAL 11/5/2020 NOTES: 1. Coefficient of Utilization is not applicable to floodlights. 2. Tilt Factor is not applicable to LED fixtures. 3. Foundation design stamped by licensed Florida PE will be provided with formal submittals once order is placed and submittals provided. 4. Pole calculations will be provided with formal submittals once order is placed and submittals provided. 5. Ephesus has provided their standard 10 -year warranty in this pre -submittal package. 25 -year warranty will be provided for additional cost as noted on material quote. 6. Ephesus design utilizes 40' pole. Per Ephesus' designer, this is the proper pole height for Class II and III courts. A 50' pole design will be provided for additional cost as noted on material quote. Featured Florida Projects Project Name Addition Financial Arena - UCF Amalie Arena - Tampa Bay Lightning American Airlines Arena -Miami Heat Billy Bowlegs Park The Bolles School Brewster Field Central Broward Regional Stadium Devon Aire Park Disney Wide World of Sports Florida Hospital Center Ice Florida Southwest State Arena Hertz Arena International Polo Club Jacksonville Jaguars Flex Field Jules F. Sumner High School Miami Dolphins Hard Rock Stadium Miami Open - Hard Rock Campus North County District Park North Palm Beach Country Club Northwest Florida State College Arena Orangewood Christian School Pensacola Christian College Sebring International Raceway South Plantation High School Southeast High School Stephen C. O'Connell Center - UF Trinity Prep High School UCF Nicholson Indoor Practice Football University of Miami Arena Venice High School Field Type Basketball, Volleyball Hockey Basketball Football, Soccer, Basketball Football, Aquatic Center Soccer, Tennis Cricket, Multipurpose Basketball Softball/Soccer Hockey Basketball Hockey Horse Arena/Soccer Football Football, Baseball, Softball Football Tennis Soccer, Multipurpose Aquatic Center Basketball Baseball Baseball, Soccer Race Track Football Football Basketball, Volleyball Football Football Basketball Football City Orlando Tampa Miami Ft. Myers Jacksonville Belleair Lauderhill Miami Orlando Wesley Chapel Fort Myers Fort Myers Wellington Jacksonville Riverview Miami Miami Palm Beach Gardens North Palm Beach N iceville Maitland Pensacola Sebring Plantation Bradenton Gainesville Winter Park Orlando Coral Gables Venice State FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL FL CS) COOPER eBPheSUS LIGHTING Lighting Solutions SPORTS LI G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 �NGU NEVER GIVE UP. Premier Partner for Eaton's e ephesus SPORTS LIGHTING pnesus yip its PRE -QUALIFICATION PACKAGE PREPARED FOR: MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING Clearwater, FL LED Sports Lighting Material Prepared on October 16th, 2020 PLEASE ALLOW THIS PRE -QUALIFICATION SUBMITTAL PACKAGE TO BE REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE OF THE 30 FOOT-CANDLE (RECREATIONAL LEVEL OF PLAY) AT THE TENNIS COURTS AT MORNINGSIDE RECREATION. NGU SPORTS LIGHTING IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR ARE MEETING THE 10 -DAY PRIOR APPROVAL. PLEASE ALLOW A COMPETITIVE BID PROCESS AND SELECT NGU SPORTS LIGHTING AS AN APPROVED MANUFACTURER. �NGU SPORTS LIGHTING TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1 BILL OF MATERIAL SECTION 2 - LIGHTING DESIGN/CUT SHEETS PAGE # 3 LIGHTING DESIGN POLES/CROSS ARM/DISCONNECT LUMASPORT 8 FIXTURE SECTION 3 4-5 6-10 11-13 WARRANTY 14-15 1 1 1 1 Quote Reference # BOM-MORNINGSIDE TENNIS Date: 10/27/2020 '141A1C11 SPORTS LIGHTING To: Morningside Tennis Job/Project Name: MORNINGSIDE TENNIS BOM -Bill Of Material - BOM Design Reference #: LD20139A Description 24 COOP Lumasport 6 MAK 40' MH Anchor Base Steel Poles 6 MAK 4 -Fixture Crossarm 1 NGU 10 -Year Parts & Labor Warranty Lead Time: 6-8 weeks L Notes Project Scope: • NGU to provide a fully pre -wired system. Cross arms are tubular and pre -wired to a pole length drop cable. The drop cable is wired into a provide disconnect box mounted at 10' AFG. A total of (6) 40' poles, (6) 4 -light cross arms and (24) LED Ephesus Lumasport fixtures. • NGU's standard warranty is 10 years. We can provide a 25 year warranty and this has been priced through the contractor. Printed: 10/27/20 14:34:18 Note regarding mounting heights: From a cost savings, NGU/Ephesus chose 40' mounting heights. Our lighting design holds a current LC and assisted in the authoring of the NA IES RP6. The mounting height of 40' is the appropriate height for Class Ill or IV tennis. Page 1 of 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 T1 @ -62, 122 T6 @ -62, 0 T5 @ -62, -122 GRAPHIC SCALE 0 15 30 60 T2 @ 62, 122 T3 @ 62, 0 T4 @ 62, -122 Luminaire Schedule 5S 0.950 EPH-LS-08-0320L-57-70-5S Expanded Luminaire Location Summary LumNo / X Y 7/ Orient Tilt X-Aimpt Y-Aimpt 1 T5 @ -62, -122 GRAPHIC SCALE 0 15 30 60 T2 @ 62, 122 T3 @ 62, 0 T4 @ 62, -122 Luminaire Schedule 5S 0.950 EPH-LS-08-0320L-57-70-5S Expanded Luminaire Location Summary LumNo Label X Y Z Orient Tilt X-Aimpt Y-Aimpt 1 5S -61 1 40 19.654 56.072 -5.001 21 2 5S -62 2 40 41.76 61.951 -5.999 52 3 5S -62 2 40 67.036 58.026 -37 61 4 5S -63 119 40 292.135 57.871 -39.001 60.001 5 5S -62 121 40 325.864 60.701 -2.999 80.999 6 5S -62 122 40 346.651 56.589 -3 108 7 5S 62 122 40 193.349 56.589 3 108 8 5S 62 121 40 214.136 60.701 2.999 80.999 9 5S 63 119 40 247.865 57.871 39.001 60.001 10 5S 62 2 40 138.24 61.951 5.999 52 11 5S 62 2 40 112.964 58.026 37 61 12 5S 61 1 40 160.346 56.072 5.001 21 13 5S 61 -1 40 199.654 56.072 5.001 -21 14 5S 62 -2 40 221.76 61.951 5.999 -52 15 5S 62 -2 40 247.036 58.026 37 -61 16 5S 63 -119 40 112.135 57.871 39.001 -60.001 17 5S 62 -121 40 145.864 60.701 2.999 -80.999 18 5S 62 -122 40 166.651 56.589 3 -108 19 5S -62 -122 40 13.349 56.589 -3 -108 20 5S -62 -121 40 34.136 60.701 -2.999 -80.999 21 5S -63 -119 40 67.865 57.871 -39.001 -60.001 22 5S -62 -2 40 292.964 58.026 -37 -61 23 5S -62 -2 40 318.24 61.951 -5.999 -52 24 5S -61 -1 40 340.346 56.072 -5.001 -21 THIS IS NOT A CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT MTEE. THIS MAWS S TIE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF 101 SPORTS LIGHTING LLC. ITS ACCEPTANCE CONSTITUTES AGREEIENT THAT THE DRAWING WILL RE TREATED AS Caf1ORULL. IT IS TO HE RETURNED UPON REQUEST AM 1S ICT TO RE CMRRQUATED, DISCLOSED. TN CIF® EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY AUTICNIZED DT WA TIE INTENT IF THIS LIGHTING LAYOUT IS TO SUGGEST THE REST UTILIZATION AND TIE PERFORMANCE OF EPHESUS LUGAIRES REPRESENTED ME. TT VAS RASED UPW DfOMNTIOI PROVIDED TO WU SPIRTS [MRD/G. LLC AND ANY VARIATIN FRIT DESIGN TO INSTAL -A11131 NAY AFFECT TIE EXPECTED RESULTS. 2401 PGA Blvd, Suite 110 Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410 www.NGUsportslighting.com Passion and Commitment exclusively for Ephesus LED Sports Lighting M❑RNINGSIDE ATHLETIC CENTER TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 40' MOUNTING HEIGHT POLES 30 FOOTCANDLES AVERAGE AIMING DIAGRAM & COORDINATES DESIGNED BY H. J❑HNS❑N,LC DATE 11/03/2020 SCALE 1' = 30' DRAWING NUMBER LD20139AX it 1 0 011 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 .2 .2 11 6 -62, 122 35 33 '26 33 34 35 4 T2 @ 62, 122 32 29 }32 35 2628 25 28 26 29 29 27 29-428 42 36 30 36 41 38 36 29 36 37 T6 @ -62 02- e, T3 @ 62, 0 r / jr2 9736 jl 3 7 42 36 30 36 41 1 j 29 29 27 29 28 6_.28 t-528 26� 32 29 }32 35 35 33 26 33 4 i �-- T5 @ -62, -122 T9 @ 62, -122 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 .2 Luminaire Schedule Symbol Qty Label LLF Description Lum. Watts Total Watts Lum. Lumens J 24 5S 0.950 EPH-LS-08-0320L-57-70-5S 344 8256 54294 Calculation Summary Label CalcType Units Avg Max Min Avg/Min Max/Min CV UG # Pts PtSpcLr PtSpcTb Grid Z All Courts Spill at 100' Illuminance Fc 32.00 42 Illuminance Fc ' 0.30 0.5 25 1.28 1.68 0.14 1.46 60 20 20 3 0.1 3.00 5.00 N.A. N.A. 78 20 N.A. 3 THIS IS NOT A CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT NOTICL THIS IRANDE IS TIE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY CF Kit MINTS LIC TRIG LLC ITS ACCEPTNANr2 CONSTITUTES ACAEDENT THAT THE DRAVDIG VD.L X TREATED AS COFIDENTIAL. IT IS TO BE ROOMED WON REQUEST NO IS MIT TO >E CODBDDCATED. DISCLISED, 01 CEPED EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY AUT) AD BY MX THE DITEIIT OF THIS LIGHTING LAYOUT IS TO SUGGEST TK BEST UTILIZATION NO THE PERFORMANCE IF EPIESUS LOONARES REPNESEMED HERE. IT VAS BASED UPON DfOIMTIEN PROVIDED TO INGU SPIRTS LILDRDNG, LLC AND MIT VARIATION FROM DESIGN TO INSTALLATION NAY AFFECT THE EXPECTED RESULTS. 2401 PGA Blvd, Suite 110 Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410 www.NGUsportslighting.com Passion and Commitment exclusively for Ephesus LED Sports Lighting MORNINGSIDE ATHLETIC CENTER TENNIS COURT LIGHTING GRAPHIC SCALE 40' MOUNTING HEIGHT POLES 1 1 1 1 30 FOOTCANDLES AVERAGE 0 30 60 120 SPILL LIGHT AT 100 ADDED DESIGNED BY DATE SCALE DRAWING NUMBER H. J❑HNS❑N,LC 11/03/2020 1' = 30' LD20139A1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 INN MN I M S EN MN - MN I I EN EN EN NW EN OM N I I •n• 'A' SEE DETAIL B 180° GROUND LUG PROVISION ❑PP❑SITE fritANDHOLE OPENING 270 l IVI . s DETAIL B 1/4' BACK -BAR COVER 0° SECTI❑N 'A' -'A' HANDHOLE COVER DETAIL 3 TYPICAL HANDHOLE ANCHOR BOLT DIA. + 1/4' * BOLT CIRCLE DIA. Al 1 .41., LIGHTING DIRECTION 45' .50' DETAIL 4 BASE PLATE COMPONENT SPECIFICATION POLE TOP POLE BOTTOM MISC. STEEL ANCHOR BOLTS BASE PLATE ■ r ■' 1111 (2) FLAT WASHERS ANCH❑R BOLTS ARE FULLY GALVANIZED JINOTE' 6' sl 4' X 6 1/2' REINFORCED HANDHOLE I, I,� v v _4, -- vDETAIL DETAIL POLE ASSEMBLY •n• 'A' SEE DETAIL B 180° GROUND LUG PROVISION ❑PP❑SITE fritANDHOLE OPENING 270 l IVI . s DETAIL B 1/4' BACK -BAR COVER 0° SECTI❑N 'A' -'A' HANDHOLE COVER DETAIL 3 TYPICAL HANDHOLE ANCHOR BOLT DIA. + 1/4' * BOLT CIRCLE DIA. Al 1 .41., LIGHTING DIRECTION 45' .50' DETAIL 4 BASE PLATE Ms1w2316 WEAVER ST. HALT❑M CITY, TX 76117 J METRO (817) 834-5538 Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC TOLL FREE (866) 724-4527 FAX (817) 831-6088 DATE! REV.' 00 JOB NO. NA SCALE. NTS DRAWING NUMBER' DRAWN BY' QUOTE NUMBER' ANCHOR BOLT CUTSHEET EXAMPLE COMPONENT SPECIFICATION POLE TOP POLE BOTTOM MISC. STEEL ANCHOR BOLTS BASE PLATE ■ (2) NUTS 1111 DETAIL 2 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 1111 (2) FLAT WASHERS ANCH❑R BOLTS ARE FULLY GALVANIZED JINOTE' 6' DETAIL 1 ANCHOR BOLTS Ms1w2316 WEAVER ST. HALT❑M CITY, TX 76117 J METRO (817) 834-5538 Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC TOLL FREE (866) 724-4527 FAX (817) 831-6088 DATE! REV.' 00 JOB NO. NA SCALE. NTS DRAWING NUMBER' DRAWN BY' QUOTE NUMBER' ANCHOR BOLT CUTSHEET EXAMPLE COMPONENT SPECIFICATION POLE TOP POLE BOTTOM MISC. STEEL ANCHOR BOLTS BASE PLATE ASTM A572 GR. 65 ASTM A572 GR. 65 ASTM A36 ASTM F1554 GR. 55 ASTM A572 GR. 50 GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL HARDWARE TO BE GALVANIZED TO ASTM A153. 2. POLE ASSEMBLY TO BE GALVANIZED TO ASTM A123. 3. ALL WELDING TO CONFORM TO AWS D1.1 MOST RECENT EDITION. 4. DESIGN INCORPORATE GUST FACTOR PER REF CODE. 5. REFER TO GENERAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY. FINISH: WIND SPEED: DESIGN CRITERIA: GALVANIZED 0 80 MPH 0 110 MPH 0 AASHTO LTS3 0 ASCE ❑ PAINTED 0 90 MPH 0 120 MPH 0 AASHTO LTS4/5 0 DSA ❑ PAINTED & GALV 0 100 MPH 0 _ MPH 0 IBC 0 UBC DETAIL 2 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ms1w2316 WEAVER ST. HALT❑M CITY, TX 76117 J METRO (817) 834-5538 Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC TOLL FREE (866) 724-4527 FAX (817) 831-6088 DATE! REV.' 00 JOB NO. NA SCALE. NTS DRAWING NUMBER' DRAWN BY' QUOTE NUMBER' ANCHOR BOLT CUTSHEET EXAMPLE 2 EA 3�' THK. PLATE C—CHANNEL (4) V DIA. BOLTS 2' T \-;6' PLATE (TYP) 98' I (TYP.) VARIES VARIES 3¢' COUPLING AT THE BOTTOM 6' TYP HOLE PATTERN COMPATIBLE WITH FIXTURE TYPE 7/8' DIA. HOLE 1 1/2' W/HOLE —1 r J HOOK (TYP) 2' PIPE SCH 40 45' CHAMPHER 3'X5' HAND HOLE PROVIDED FOR WIRING ACCESS 1 \ „Mr, 2316 WEAVER ST. 1op, HALTOM CITY, TX 76117 J mpg. METRO (817) 834-5538 MIIIeM$ MdMOMS LLC TOLL FREE (866) 724-4527 FAX (817) 831-6088 DATE' 10/12/20 REV,1 00 CHECKED BY: N/A DRAWING NUMBERI TC4 DRAWN By. DR EXAMPLE 4 -LIGHT CROSS ARM I I I I N EN N N 11111 NE IIIII I I I I N EN I I NO N I N EN I N I EN EN I NIII I EN I EN I SPORTS FIXTURE (BY OTHERS) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) (ACTUAL FIXTURE MAY NOT BE REPRESENTED) MULTI—PIN CONNECTOR HARDWIRED TO FIXTURE TO ACCEPT MATING DROP CORD HANDHOLE TYPE 3R DISTRIBUTION BOX LOCATED APPROX. 10' FROM GROUND 4I (745 PLASTIC BUSHING COUPLING SEALING ON POLE LOCK NUT CONDUIT NIPPLE WEATHER SEALED WASHER 3' #16-3 SEOW CORD SUPPLIED BY OTHERS FOR EACH FIXTURE SEE DETAIL MR3P CONTRACTOR TO HARD WIRE INTO FIXTURE RECEPTACLE AT EACH FIXTURE LOCATION SEE DETAIL FR3P J—HOOK WELDED INSIDE OF POLE STRAIN RELIEF CABLE (KELLEMS GRIP) SEOPRENE SEOW POWER / DROP CORD W/MULTI—PIN CONNECTOR AT EACH END MULTI—PIN CONNECTOR HARDWIRED TO FUSE BLOCK TO ACCEPT MATING DROP CORD INCOMING ELECTRICAL SERVICE .19' • X • /—.88"0 KNOCK—OUT HOLE gilEDIelmi 7/8"-16UN-2A 0 FR3P 111l■ 1 J tN1E r - 2 1.11' #16-3 CONDUCTORS 13A , 600V RATING 1-4 ■ 1.00' .70 ■kcimillE a NZ KW 7/8" — 16 UN -28 O MR3P 2.21' TERMINAL BLOCK FUSE BLOCK W/15 AMP FUSE (2) PER FIXTURE (MAX 18 FIXTURES) g NEMA 3 ENCLOSURE J W/LOCKABLE HINGED DOOR 80-100 AMP DISCONNECT SWITCH GROUND BAR OPENING FOR (2) 2" COUPLING ON POLE 0 DISTRIBUTION BOX E ephesus DATE! REV,' 00 CHECKED BYE N/A DRAWING NUMBER' DRAWN BYI MSM F E 0 C e A 2 4 5 6 7 8 Disconnect Box 3 Pin Female On Cross Arm 3 Pin Connector Male On Fixture �ephesus 125 EAST JEFFERSON STREET SYRACUSE, NEW YORK 13202 PHONE: 315 579 2873 W W W.EPHESUSLIGHTING.COM Drop Cable 2 3 4 5 6 7 I 8 M r— EN 11111 N 1 E 1 N--- --— M EN 11111 1 Project Prepared by MORNINGSIDE TENNIS K. Bates Catalog # Notes 11) Interactive Menu • Dimensional Details page 1 • Ordering Information page 2 • Mounting Configurations page 3 • Performance Data page 3 • Optical Performance Data page 4 • Sample System Topology page 5 Top Product Features • Hybrid LED Optics • Redundant Dual Power Option • Chip -On -Board (CoB) LEDs • 2 -Piece Ease of Assembly • Custom Control Options Dimensional Details HEAD ON ' vii COOPER Lighting Solutions 13.76in [349.4mm] LIGHTHEAD Ephesus LUMASPORT 8 Type Date 10.27.20 White LED Sports & Entertainment Luminaire Typical Applications Pro Arenas • University & Collegiate Arenas • University & Collegiate Stadiums • Multi -Event & Convention Centers • Gymnasiums & Field Houses Product Certification CCUs IV LEFT PROFILE IP66 BOTTOM 24.39in [619.5mm] 1 II II ii Ill •■I 'ii II �II,llllT11111111I 7 additional mounting diagrams TD528018EN page 1 April 7, 20201:36 PM Brand Family Model Power Color CCT CRI Optic' DC Cable LUMASPORT 8 Order Information - (320W) LIGHTHEAD NOTE: A complete fixture requires both a LUMASPORT 8 lighthead and a corresponding LUMASPORT 8 driver box. SAMPLE ORDER NUMBER: EPH-LS-08-0320L-BLK-40-70-1S-004 Brand Family Model Power Color CCT CRI Optic DC Cable EPH = Ephesus LS = Lumasport 08 = 8 Optics 03201 = 320W BLK = Black 40 = 4000K Local Power' WHT = White 50 = 5000K 57 = 5700K 70= 70 CRI 80= 80 CRI 1S=NEMA 3 2S = NEMA 3 3S = NEMA 3 4S = NEMA 4 55 = NEMA 5 7F = NEMA 7 17.5 21.9 25.4 36.0 46.6 72.5 33.3 40.2 45.7 64.4 82.6 131 CO4 = 4ft Cable' NOTES: (1) Local Power means that the lighthead is attached to the driverbox with the yoke mount. (2) DC Cable connecting the lighthead to the driverbox. (3) Optic = NEMA TYPE; BEAM ANGLE; FIELD ANGLE. Additional optical performance data within spec sheet. Order Information - (320W) DRIVER BOX NOTE: A complete fixture requires both a LUMASPORT 8 lighthead and a corresponding LUMASPORT 8 driver box. SAMPLE ORDER NUMBER: EPH-LS-0320L-BLK-LV-AM-LY-BP Brand Family Power Color Voltage Mount Packaging EPH = Ephesus LS = Lumasport 03201 = 320W Local Power' BLK = Black WHT = White LV = Low Voltage NV = High Voltage AM = Air Mesh LB = Landburst (DMX) NC = No Control LY = Local Yoke BP = Bulk Pack NOTES: (1) Local Power means that the lighthead is attached to the driverbox with the yoke mount. (2) Reference performance data for voltage range Order Information - (640W) LIGHTHEAD NOTE: A complete fixture requires both a LUMASPORT 8 lighthead and a corresponding LUMASPORT 8 driver box. SAMPLE ORDER NUMBER: EPH-LS-08-0640L-BLK-40-70-1S-004 Brand Family Model Power Color CCT CRI Optic DC Cable Brand Family Model Power Color CCT CRI Optic' DC Cable EPH = Ephesus LS = Lumasport 08 = 8 Optics 06401= 640W BLK = Black 40 = 4000K Local Power' WHT = White 50 = 5000K 80 = 80 CRI 57 = 5700K 70 = 70 CRI 1S=NEMA 3 117.5 133.3 2S=NEMA3 121.9 140.2 3S = NEMA 3 1 25.4 1 45.7 4S = NEMA 4 1 36.0 1 64.4 5S = NEMA 5 1 46.6 1 82.6 C04 = 4h Cable' NOTES: (1) Local Power means that the lighthead is attached to the driverbox with the yoke mount. (2) DC Cable connecting the lighthead to the driverbox. (3) Optic = NEMA TYPE; BEAM ANGLE; FIELD ANGLE. Additional optical performance data within spec sheet. Order Information - (640W) DRIVER BOX NOTE: A complete fixture requires both a LUMASPORT 8 lighthead and a corresponding LUMASPORT 8 driver box. SAMPLE ORDER NUMBER: EPH-LS-0640L-BLK-LV-AM-LY-BP Brand Family Power Color Voltage Control Mount Packaging Brand Family Power Color Voltage' Control Mount Packaging EPH = Ephesus LS = Lumasport 06401= 640W Local Power' BLK = Black WHT = White LV = Low Voltage HV = High Voltage AM = Air Mesh LB = Landburst (DMX) NC = No Control LY = Local Yoke BP = Bulk Pack NOTES: (1) Local Power means that the lighthead is attached to the driverbox with the yoke mount. (2) Reference performance data for voltage range 00 COOPER Lighting Solutions Ephesus Sports lighting 125 East Jefferson Street Syracuse, NY 13202 P: 800-573-3600 www. Ephesus Lighting.corn 2020 Cooper Lighting Solutions All Rights Reserved. Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice. TD528018EN page2 April 7, 20201 36 PM 1 i LUMASPORT 8 Dimensional and Mounting Details 24.39in [619.5mm] Performance Data 0.813in [20.66mm] 13.76in [349.4mm] 0 2.900in [73.66mm] THIS SIDE UP NOTES: (1) Weight may vary depending on mounting bracket, lighthead and driverbox selection. (2) Specifications are subject to change without notice. (3) Values are +/- 2% (4) When driverbox is mounted in upright position. (5) Refer to Optical Performance Data. (6) Values are +/-3 points. ri COOPER Lighting Solutions Ephesus Sports lighting 125 East Jefferson Street Syracuse, NY 13202 P: 800-573-3600 www.EphesusLighting.com 2020 Cooper Lighting Solutions All Rights Reserved. Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice. TD528018EN page 3 April 7, 20201:36 PM LUMASPORT 8 (320W) LUMASPORT 8 (640W). Lumen Output Range' 48,303 - 55,419Im 80,572 - 92,9291m System Power (W) 320W 640W Input Voltage (Low Voltage) 120-277VAC 120-277VAC Input Voltage (High Voltage) 347-480VAC 347-480VAC Efficacy Range' 140.4 -163.5 Im/W 117.5-139.31m/W CRP 70, 80 70, 80 TLCI° 75 75 CCT Range 4000K, 5000K, 5700K 4000K, 5000K, 5700K Distribution (NEMA) 3-5, 7 3-5 Dimming Range DIM TO OFF, 10%-100% DIM TO OFF, 10%-100% Operating Temperature Range -40°C to +40T -40°C to +40°C Usage INDOOR, OUTDOOR INDOOR, OUTDOOR Mounting Options (1.5G RATED) LOCAL YOKE LOCAL YOKE Electrical Certifications FCC, UL8750, UL1598 FCC, UL8750, UL1598 Environmental Certifications ANSI C136.31-2010 1.5G, IP66 ANSI C136.31-2010 1.5G, IP66 NEMA Rating NEMA 4X° NEMA 4X° Surge 10kV 10kV Effective Projected Area (EPA) 1.8 (sq. ft.) 1.8 (sq. ft.) Approximate Weight' 67.5 LBS 71.5 LBS NOTES: (1) Weight may vary depending on mounting bracket, lighthead and driverbox selection. (2) Specifications are subject to change without notice. (3) Values are +/- 2% (4) When driverbox is mounted in upright position. (5) Refer to Optical Performance Data. (6) Values are +/-3 points. ri COOPER Lighting Solutions Ephesus Sports lighting 125 East Jefferson Street Syracuse, NY 13202 P: 800-573-3600 www.EphesusLighting.com 2020 Cooper Lighting Solutions All Rights Reserved. Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice. TD528018EN page 3 April 7, 20201:36 PM LUMASPORT Optical Performance Data COOPER Lighting Solutions 0 UMASPORT 8 CCT 320W) lumen Lumens Ot}tputs Input Power (W) LP/W Beam Angle Field Angle Optic NEMA TYPE CRI 1S NEMA3 70 4000K 53987 346 156.0 17.5 33.3 5000K 5000K 54903 346 158.7 17.5 33.3 86402 5700K 53943 346 155.9 17.5 33.3 80 4000K 50877 346 147.0 17.5 33.3 686 5000K 51822 346 149.8 17.5 33.3 5700K 50916 346 147.2 17.5 33.3 2S NEMA 3 70 4000K 54494 339 160.7 21.9 40.2 5000K 55419 339 163.5 21.9 40.2 5700K 54450 339 160.6 21.9 40.2 80 4000K 51346 339 151.5 21.9 40.2 5000K 52308 339 154.3 21.9 40.2 5700K 51400 339 151.6 21.9 40.2 3S NEMA 3 70 4000K 53275 344 154.9 25.4 45.7 5000K 54179 344 157.5 25.4 45.7 5700K 53232 344 154.7 25.4 45.7 80 4000K 50200 344 145.9 25.4 45.7 5000K 51137 344 148.7 25.4 45.7 5700K 50209 344 146.0 25.4 45.7 4S NEMA4 70 4000K 53419 344 155.3 36.0 64.4 5000K 54325 344 157.9 36.0 64.4 5700K 53375 344 155.2 36.0 64.4 80 4000K 50335 344 146.3 36.0 64.4 5000K 51275 344 149.1 36.0 64.4 5700K 50344 344 146.3 36.0 64.4 5S NEMA 5 70 4000K 54338 344 158.0 46.6 82.6 5000K 55260 344 160.6 46.6 82.6 5700K 54294 344 157.8 46.6 82.6 80 4000K 51202 344 148.8 46.6 82.6 5000K 52158 344 151.6 46.6 82.6 5700K 51211 344 148.9 46.6 82.6 7F NEMA7 70 4000K 51262 344 149.0 72.5 131.0 5000K 52132 344 151.5 72.5 131.0 5700K 51220 344 148.9 72.5 131.0 80 4000K 48303 344 140.4 72.5 131.0 5000K 49205 344 143.0 72.5 131.0 5700K 48312 344 140.4 72.5 131.0 COOPER Lighting Solutions Ephesus Sports lighting 125 East Jefferson Street Syracuse, NY 13202 P: 800-573-3600 www. EphesusLighting.corn 2020 Cooper Lighting Solutions All Rights Reserved. Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice. TD528018EN page 4 April 7, 2020 1'.36 PM ASA at CCT (640W) tun Lumens Outputs Input Power (W) Lm/W Beam Angle Field Angle Optic NEMA TYPE CRI 15 NEMA 3 70 4000K 85498 686 124.6 17.5 33.3 5000K 88248 686 128.6 17.5 33.3 5700K 86402 686 126.0 17.5 33.3 80 4000K 80572 686 117.5 17.5 33.3 5000K 83295 686 121.4 17.5 33.3 5700K 81554 686 118.9 17.5 33.3 2S NEMA 3 70 4000K 90033 667 135.0 21.9 40.2 5000K 92929 667 139.3 21.9 40.2 5700K 90985 667 136.4 21.9 40.2 80 4000K 84832 667 127.2 21.9 40.2 5000K 87713 667 131.5 21.9 40.2 5700K 85888 667 128.8 21.9 40.2 3S NEMA 3 70 4000K 88702 681 130.3 25.4 45.7 5000K 91555 681 134.4 25.4 45.7 5700K 89640 681 131.6 25.4 45.7 80 4000K 83582 681 122.7 25.4 45.7 5000K 86415 681 126.9 25.4 45.7 5700K 84550 681 124.2 25.4 45.7 4S NEMA4 70 4000K 88659 681 130.2 36.0 64.4 5000K 91510 681 134.4 36.0 64.4 5700K 89596 681 131.6 36.0 64.4 80 4000K 83541 681 122.7 36.0 64.4 5000K 86372 681 126.8 36.0 64.4 5700K 84508 681 124.1 36.0 64.4 5S NEMA 5 70 4000K 89953 681 132.1 46.6 82.6 5000K 92846 681 136.3 46.6 82.6 5700K 90904 681 133.5 46.6 82.6 80 4000K 84761 681 124.5 46.6 82.6 5000K 87633 681 128.7 46.6 82.6 5700K 85742 681 125.9 46.6 82.6 Ephesus Sports lighting 125 East Jefferson Street Syracuse, NY 13202 P: 800-573-3600 www. EphesusLighting.corn 2020 Cooper Lighting Solutions All Rights Reserved. Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice. TD528018EN page 4 April 7, 2020 1'.36 PM (0 CLOOPER Solutions Ephesus Fixture Limited Warranty ("Warranty" or "Contract") 1. What the Warranty Covers Cooper Lighting, LLC ("Cooper") warrants to the end user of the original installation location ("You" or "User") that new Cooper fixtures purchased from Cooper or an authorized distributor ("Products") shall, for a period of ten (10) years from the date of original shipment (the 'Warranty Period"), be free from defects in material and workmanship of the Cooper fixtures. During the Warranty Period, Cooper' sole obligation, and User's sole remedy, shall be, at Cooper's sole discretion, to repair, replace, or provide a refund for Products found to be defective as defined herein. Cooper shall not be responsible for any other costs, including for the costs of: labor relating to de- installation of any defective Product or re -installation of any replacement Product; the shipment of defective or replacement Product; or post- installation testing of any Product for purposes of this Warranty. Cooper shall not be bound by any terms, conditions, or representations, which are not stated herein including, but not limited to, any statements made by distributors or re -sellers. 1I. What Voids or is Not Covered Under the Warranty This Warranty is void, and Cooper shall have no liability hereunder, with respect to a Product if You or any person other than an employee, independent contractor, or subcontractor of Cooper: (a) install(s) or use a Product in a manner that is not in accordance with the applicable specifications and instructions, including, but not limited to, over/under voltage or current conditions, excessive switching cycles, operating hours, or outside any applicable operating conditions; (b) without the prior written consent of Cooper, modify, tamper, or disassemble a Product, including, without limitation, alter serial numbers or removes factory supplied stickers or labels of a Product; or (c) use unauthorized components, parts, accessories, or other materials to repair a Product. This Warranty does not cover: a) cosmetic defects; b) damage, defects, or failure caused by: i. acts of God; ii. accident, misuse, misapplication, abuse, negligence, or modification of any part of the Product; iii. improper storage, installation, repair, operation, inspection or maintenance; N. the use of unauthorized components, parts, accessories, or other materials or by equipment or products manufactured by someone other than Cooper; v. wrong or inadequate electrical current or connection; or vi. transit. c) Other equipment or products manufactured by someone other than Cooper. d) Labor or contractor costs associated with removing or replacing Cooper lighting fixtures. 111. Warranty Activation / Service Claims You must make a valid Warranty claim to Cooper in order to receive coverage under the Warranty. Warranty claims can be serviced by contacting Cooper' customer service and sales center: Phone: (315) 579-2873 Email: ephesuswarranty@eaton.com If you are unsure whether a situation exists that is covered by the Warranty, please contact Cooper' customer service and sales center at the phone number or email address listed above for assistance. 1 Effective: May 1, 2018 Project Number: Date of Shipment IV. Replacement of or Repair to Product Cooper, in its discretion, may use comparable product of equal or greater value to replace a Product that meets the conditions of this Warranty. Furthermore, in performing repairs to a Product that meets the conditions of this Warranty, Cooper reserves the right to utilize new, reconditioned, refurbished, repaired or remanufactured products or parts. Repaired or replaced Products are warranted for the remainder of the original Warranty Period. Cooper reserves the right to examine all returned Products, their specific installation location, and patterns of usage to determine the cause of failure. V. Limitation of Warranty THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE EXCEPT FOR WARRANTY OF TITLE. COOPER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CORRECTION OF NON -CONFORMITIES IN THE MANNER AND FOR THE PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED ABOVE SHALL CONSTITUTE COOPER'S SOLE LIABILITY AND USER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR FAILURE OF COOPER TO MEET ITS WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS, WHETHER CLAIMS OF THE USER ARE BASED IN CONTRACT (INCLUDING WARRANTY), IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE. VI. Limitation of Liability THE REMEDIES OF THE USER SET FORTH IN THIS WARRANTY ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE USER'S SOLE REMEDIES FOR ANY FAILURE OF COOPER TO COMPLY WITH ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL COOPER BE LIABLE IN CONTRACT (INCLUDING WARRANTY), IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN PRODUCTS TO WHICH THIS WARRANTY RELATES, L055 OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF USE OF PRODUCTS, COST OF CAPITAL, CLAIMS OF CUSTOMERS OF THE USER OR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH POTENTIAL DAMAGES ARE FORESEEABLE OR IF USER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY OF COOPER ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS CONTRACT WHETHER THE CLAIMS ARE BASED IN CONTRACT (INCLUDING WARRANTY), IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT OR SERVICES ON WHICH SUCH LIABIUTY I5 BASED. VII. Severability If any term or provision of this Warranty, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Warranty, or the application of such terms or provision, to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be effected, and every other term and provision of this contract shall be deemed valid and enforceable to the extent permitted by law. VIII. Choice of Law The Warranty shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of Georgia and the laws of the United States applicable in that state. IX. Other Terms and Conditions All other terms and conditions in Cooper's domestic Terms and Conditions shall apply. SP528001EN Version 0518A 0 2018 Eaton, All Rights Reserved Project Number: Date of Shipment Light Level Addendum to Ephesus Fixture Limited Warranty ("Minimum Light Level Addendum") 1 1 1 This Light Level Addendum is issued to User to supplement the Ephesus Fixture Limited Warranty ("Warranty") for Products in the above referenced project number. This Light Level Addendum is subject to the terms, conditions, and limitations set forth in the Warranty. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Warranty. 1 What this Light Level Addendum Covers Cooper, in the event it determines that a Cooper lighting system at a site in the project referenced above does not meet, because of defect(s) in the material or workmanship of Products, the minimum light levels specified for such site in the project documents, will provide to User, at no cost to the User, the necessary materials to bring the light levels produced by such Cooper lighting system to at least the minimum light levels specified for such site in the project documents ("Covered Service"). II. What Voids or is Not Covered Under this Light Level Addendum In addition to the items or conditions set forth in the Warranty that void the Warranty and therefore void this Light Level Addendum, the following void this Light Level Addendum: a) Any changes made to the lighting environment at the site after installation of the Cooper lighting system at the site that could impact Tight levels, including, without limitation, obstructions, structural changes, and other elements the could produce light interference or contamination. b) Installation of all or part of the Cooper lighting system, including Products, on structural components that do not offer the optimal structural stability, including, without limitation, wooden poles. III. Light Level Addendum Administration After You make a Warranty claim to Cooper consistent with the terms of the Warranty and Cooper determines that you are entitled to the Covered Service, You must submit to Cooper quotes from at least two (2) authorized Cooper service providers for the performance of the Covered Service. Cooper shall, at its discretion: (i) authorize You to accept one (1) quote from an authorized Cooper service provider and to proceed with the Covered Service with such service provider consistent with the quote; (2) obtain quotes from additional service providers and engage one of such service providers to provide the Covered Service; or (3) perform the Covered Service using its own personnel. vj COOPER Lighting Solutions © 2018 Eaton, All Rights Reserved Ver 7-19-18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ADDENDUM NO. 3 DATED: November 11/16/2020 TO THE DRAWINGS AND PROJECT MANUAL FOR: PROJECT: Morningside Tennis Court Lighting PROJECT NO. 19 -0035 -PR PREPARED BY: PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT 100 S. MYRTLE AVE. CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 3375 PHONE: 727-562-4856 FAX: 727-562-4825 ADVANCE ENGINERING & DESIGN 3931 68TH NORTH PINELLAS PARK, FLORIDA 33781 THIS ADDENDUM NO. 2 ISSUED TO CLARIFY SUBSTITUTION OF TRULY GREEN SOSUTIONS (TGS SPORTS LIGHTING) FOR MUSCO SPORT LIGHTING TO BIDDING DOCUMENTS FOR MORNINGSIDE TENNIS COURT LIGHTING - PROJECT NO. 19 -0035 -PR OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THIS WORK, THIS ADDENDUM CONSTITUTES A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM ON THE PROPOSAL FORM. A. Request to review TGS Sport Lighting as a substitution for MUSCO see attachment submitted. Morningside Tennis Performance Spec. 2020 SPORTS LIGHTING PART 4 — DESIGN APPROVAL 4.0 PRE-BID SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS (Non-Musco) A. Design Approval: The owner / engineer will review pre-bid submittals per section 4.0.B from all the manufacturers to ensure compliance to the specification 10 days prior to bid. If the design meets the design requirements of the specifications, a letter and/or addendum will be issued to the manufacturer indicating approval for the specific design submitted. B. Approved Product: Musco's TLC LED light source is the approved product. All substitutions must provide a complete submittal package for approval as outlined in Submittal Information at the end of this section at least 10 days prior to bid. Special manufacturing to meet the standards of this specification may be required. An addendum will be issued prior to bid listing any other approved lighting manufacturers and designs. C. All listed manufacturers not pre -approved shall submit the information at the end of this section at least 10 days prior to bid. An addendum will be issued prior to bid; listing approved lighting manufacturers and the design method to be used. D. Bidders are required to bid only products that have been approved by this specification or addendum by the owner or owner's representative. Bids received that do not utilize an approved system/design, will be rejected. Answer: Required submittal information for all manufactures (not pre -approved) 10 days prior to bid — Bid date is November 18, 2020, missed cut off date 10 days prior to bid date is November 8, 2020. Missed date line date to submit request- TGS Sport Lighting not approved substitution for MUSCO Sport Lighting. End of Addendum No. 3 SPORTS LIGHTING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work covered by this section of the specifications shall conform to the contract documents, engineering plans as well as state and local codes. B. The purpose of these specifications is to define the lighting system performance and design standards for Morningside Tennis Courts using an LED Lighting source. The manufacturer / contractor shall supply lighting equipment to meet or exceed the standards set forth in these specifications. C. The sports lighting will be for the following venues: 1. 4 Tennis courts side by side E. The primary goals of this sports lighting project are: 1. Guaranteed I.E.S. class IV Tennis Light Levels: Selection of appropriate light levels impact the safety of the players and the enjoyment of spectators. Therefore Tight levels are guaranteed to not drop below specified target values for a period of 25 years. 2. Environmental Light Control: It is the primary goal of this project to minimize spill light to adjoining properties and glare to the players, spectators and neighbors. The LED design should provide better control than a good HID design as described in section 1.3 3. Life -cycle Cost: In order to reduce the operating budget, the preferred lighting system shall be energy efficient and cost effective to operate. All maintenance costs shall be eliminated for the duration of the warranty. 4. Control and Monitoring: To allow for optimized use of labor resources and avoid unneeded operation of the facility, customer requires a remote on/off control system for the lighting system. Fields should be proactively monitored to detect luminaire outages over a 25 -year life cycle. All communication and monitoring costs for 25 -year period shall be included in the bid. F. Design and Permitting 1. Contractor shall be responsible for securing necessary permits. 1.2 LIGHTING PERFORMANCE A. Illumination Levels and Design Factors: Playing surfaces shall be lit to an average target illumination level and uniformity as specified in the chart below. Lighting calculations shall be developed and field measurements taken on the grid spacing with the minimum number of grid points specified below. Appropriate light loss factors shall be applied and submitted for the basis of design. Average illumination level shall be measured in accordance with the IESNA LM -5-04 (IESNA Guide for Photometric Measurements of Area and Sports Lighting Installations). Illumination levels shall not to drop below desired target values in accordance to IES RP -6-15, Page 2, Maintained Average Illuminance and shall be guaranteed for the full warranty period. Area of Lighting Average Target Illumination Levels Maximum to Minimum Uniformity Ratio Grid Points Grid Spacing Tennis 30fc 2.0:1 60 20' x 20' B. Hours of usage: Designs shall be based on the following hours of usage Area of Lighting Annual Usage Hours 25 year Usage Hours All Venues 550 13,750 Page 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C. Color: The lighting system shall have a minimum color temperature of 5700K and a CRI of 65+ D. DLC: The lighting system shall meet DLC Efficacy guidelines of 105 lumens per watt for outdoor luminaires E. Mounting Heights: To ensure proper aiming angles for reduced glare and to provide better playability, minimum mounting heights shall be as described below. Higher mounting heights may be required based on photometric report and ability to ensure the top of the field angle is a minimum of 10 degrees below horizontal. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LIGHT CONTROL A. Light Control Luminaires: All luminaires shall utilize spill light and glare control devices including, but not limited to, internal shields, louvers and external shields. No symmetrical beam patterns are accepted. B. The first page of a photometric report for all luminaire types proposed showing horizontal and vertical axial candle power shall be provided to demonstrate the capability of achieving the specified performance. Reports shall be certified by a qualified independent testing laboratory with a minimum of five years experience or by a manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. A summary of the horizontal and vertical aiming angles for each luminaire shall be included with the photometric report. C. Upper Beam Definition Fixtures shall not exceed the candlepower at the specified degrees above the center of the beam in the vertical plane as specified in the following table. NEMA Classification of Vertical Beam Candela Degrees Above the Center of the Beam in the Vertical Plane 4 10,000 15.00 degrees This mounting height increase will be calculated by referencing the fixture photometric report and determining the angle above vertical that the fixture achieves a candela reading less than or equal to 10,000 candela. Pole heights will be increased 3.33' for every one degree above 15.0 degrees needed to achieve a candela reading of 10,000. For example: If 10,000 candela is achieved at 19.5 degrees above vertical, a minimum mounting height of 85' (4.5 degrees x 3.33') would be required for the poles. PART 2 — PRODUCT 2.1 SPORTS LIGHTING SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION A. Manufacturing Requirements: All components shall be designed and manufactured as a system. All luminaires, wire harnesses, drivers and other enclosures shall be factory assembled, aimed, wired and tested. B. Fixtures are to be labeled individually for ease of installation and identification for warranty purposes C. Durability: All exposed components shall be constructed of corrosion resistant material and/or coated to help prevent corrosion. All exposed carbon steel shall be hot dip galvanized per ASTM A123. All exposed aluminum shall be powder coated with high performance polyester or anodized. All exterior reflective inserts shall be anodized, coated, and protected from direct environmental exposure to prevent reflective degradation or corrosion. All exposed hardware and fasteners shall be stainless steel of 18-8 grade or better, passivated and coated with aluminum -based thermosetting epoxy resin for protection against corrosion and stress corrosion cracking. Structural fasteners may Page 2 be carbon steel and galvanized meeting ASTM A153 and ISO/EN 1461 (for hot dipped galvanizing), or ASTM B695 (for mechanical galvanizing). All wiring shall be enclosed within the cross -arms, pole, or electrical components enclosure. D. System Description: Lighting system shall consist of the following: 1. Galvanized steel poles and cross -arm assembly. Alternate: Concrete pole with a minimum of 8,000 psi and installed with concrete backfill will be an acceptable alternative provided building code, wind speed and foundation designs per specifications are adhered to. 2. Non -approved pole technology: a. Square static cast concrete poles will not be accepted. b. Direct bury steel poles which utilize the extended portion of the steel shaft for their foundation will not be accepted due to potential for internal and external corrosive reaction to the soils and long term performance concerns. 3. Pre -stressed concrete base embedded in concrete backfill allowed to cure for 12-24 hours before pole stress is applied. Alternate may be an anchor bolt foundation designed such that the steel pole and any exposed steel portion of the foundation is located a minimum of 18 inches above final grade. The concrete for anchor bolt foundations shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 28 days before the pole stress is applied unless shorter cure time approved by structural engineer of record. 4. Manufacturer will remote all drivers and supporting electrical equipment in aluminum enclosures mounted approximately 10 feet above grade. The enclosures shall be touch -safe and include drivers and fusing with indicator lights on fuses to notify when a fuse is to be replaced for each luminaire. Disconnect per circuit for each pole structure will be located in the enclosure. Integral driver fixtures will not be accepted. 5. Manufacturer shall provide surge protection at the pole equal to or greater than 40kA for each line to ground (Common Mode) as recommended by IEEE C62.41.2_2002. 6. Wire harness complete with an abrasion protection sleeve, strain relief and plug-in connections for fast, trouble-free installation. 7. All luminaires, visors, and cross -arm assemblies shall withstand 150 mph winds and maintain luminaire aiming alignment. 8. Control cabinet to provide remote on-off control and monitoring of the lighting system. Cabinet shall be constructed of aluminum and be rated NEMA Type 4. Communication method shall be provided by manufacturer. Cabinet shall contain custom configured contactor modules for 30, 60, and 100 amps, labeled to match field diagrams and electrical design. Manual off -on -auto selector switches shall be provided. 9. Lightning Protection: Manufacturer shall provide integrated lightning grounding via concrete encased electrode grounding system as defined by NFPA 780 and be UL Listed per UL 96 and UL 96A. If grounding is not integrated into the structure, the manufacturer shall supply grounding electrodes, copper down conductors, and exothermic weld kits. Electrodes and conductors shall be sized as required by NFPA 780. The grounding electrode shall be minimum size of 5/8 inch diameter and 8 feet long, with a minimum of 10 feet embedment. Grounding electrode shall be connected to the structure by a grounding electrode conductor with a minimum size of 2 AWG for poles with 75 feet mounting height or less, and 2/0 AWG for poles with more than 75 feet mounting height. 10. Enhanced corrosion protection package: Due to the potentially corrosive environment for this project, manufacturers must provide documentation that their products meet the following enhanced requirements in addition to the standard durability protection specified above: a) Exposed carbon steel horizontal surfaces on the crossarm assembly shall be galvanized to no less than a five (5) mil average thickness. b) Exposed die cast aluminum components shall be Type II anodized per MIL -STD - 8625 and coated with high performance polyester. c) Exposed extruded aluminum components shall be Type II anodized per MIL -STD - 8625 and coated with high performance polyester. Page 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E. Safety: All system components shall be UL listed for the appropriate application. 2.2 ELECTRICAL A. Electric Power Requirements for the Sports Lighting Equipment: 1. Electric power: 480 Volt, 3 Phase 2. Maximum total voltage drop: Voltage drop to the disconnect switch located on the poles shall not exceed five (5) percent of the rated voltage. B. Energy Consumption: The average kW consumption for the field lighting system shall be 28kW. The max kW consumption for the field lighting system shall be 28kW. 2.3 STRUCTURAL PARAMETERS A. Wind Loads: Wind Toads shall be based on the 2014 Florida Building Code. Wind Toads to be calculated using ASCE 7-10, an ultimate design wind speed of 150 and exposure category C 2.1 CONTROL A. Instant On/Off Capabilities: System shall provide for instant on/off of luminaires. B. Remote Lighting Control System: System shall allow owner and users with a security code to schedule on/off system operation via a web site, phone, fax or email up to ten years in advance. Manufacturer shall provide and maintain a two-way TCP/IP communication link. Trained staff shall be available 24/7 to provide scheduling support and assist with reporting needs. The owner may assign various security levels to schedulers by function and/or fields. This function must be flexible to allow a range of privileges such as full scheduling capabilities for all fields to only having permission to execute "early off commands by phone. Scheduling tool shall be capable of setting curfew limits. Controller shall accept and store 7 -day schedules, be protected against memory loss during power outages, and shall reboot once power is regained and execute any commands that would have occurred during outage. C. Remote Monitoring System: System shall monitor lighting performance and notify manufacturer if individual luminaire outage is detected so that appropriate maintenance can be scheduled. The controller shall determine switch position (manual or auto) and contactor status (open or closed). D. Management Tools: Manufacturer shall provide a web -based database and dashboard tool of actual field usage and provide reports by facility and user group. Dashboard shall also show current status of luminaire outages, control operation and service. Mobile application will be provided suitable for 105, Android and Blackberry devices. Hours of Usage: Manufacturer shall provide a means of tracking actual hours of usage for the field lighting system that is readily accessible to the owner. 1. Cumulative hours: shall be tracked to show the total hours used by the facility 2. Report hours saved by using early off and push buttons by users. E. Communication Costs: Manufacturer shall include communication costs for operating the controls and monitoring system for a period of 25 years. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY TIMING Delivery Timing Equipment On -Site: The equipment must be on-site 7 Weeks from receipt of approved submittals and receipt of complete order information. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Laser aiming is required - This can be accomplished two ways 1) If the fixtures are factory aimed, the crossarm assembly as one unit Page 4 2) Fixtures that are not factory aimed must be individually laser aimed for quality control. B. Illumination Measurements: Upon substantial completion of the project and in the presence of the Contractor, Project Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Manufacturer's Representative, illumination measurements shall be taken and verified. The illumination measurements shall be conducted in accordance with IESNA LM -5-04. C. Field Light Level Accountability 1. Light levels are guaranteed not to fall below the target maintained light levels for the entire warranty period of 25 Years. 2. The contractor/manufacturer shall be responsible for an additional inspection one year from the date of commissioning of the lighting system and will utilize the owner's light meter in the presence of the owner. 3. The contractor/manufacturer will be held responsible for any and all changes needed to bring these fields back to compliance for light levels and uniformities. Contractor/Manufacturer will be held responsible for any damage to the fields during these repairs. D. Correcting Non -Conformance: If, in the opinion of the Owner or his appointed Representative, the actual performance levels including footcandles and uniformity ratios are not in conformance with the requirements of the performance specifications and submitted information, the Manufacturer shall be required to make adjustments to meet specifications and satisfy Owner. 3.4 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE A. 25 -Year Warranty: Each manufacturer shall supply a signed warranty covering the entire system for 25 years from the date of shipment. Warranty shall guarantee specified light levels. Manufacturer shall maintain specifically -funded financial reserves to assure fulfillment of the warranty for the full term. Warranty does not cover weather conditions events such as lightning or hail damage, improper installation, vandalism or abuse, unauthorized repairs or alterations, or product made by other manufacturers. 1) Manufacturer shall maintain specifically -funded financial reserves to assure fulfillment of the warranty for the full term. 2) Manufacturer must have employees/technicians to service the equipment located within a 60 mile radius. This is in addition to a network of contractors used to service the system. 3) If the control system is not provided by the manufacturer of the lighting system, the manufacturer of the Control System must have employees/technicians to service the equipment located within a 60 mile radius. This is in addition to a network of contractors used to service the system. B. Maintenance: Manufacturer shall monitor the performance of the lighting system, including on/off status, hours of usage and luminaire outage for 25 years from the date of equipment shipment. Individual luminaire outages shall be repaired when the usage of any field is materially impacted. Owner agrees to check fuses in the event of a luminaire outage. PART 4 — DESIGN APPROVAL 4.0 PRE-BID SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS (Non-Musco) A. Design Approval: The owner / engineer will review pre-bid submittals per section from all the manufacturers to ensure compliance to the specification 10 days prior to bid. If the design meets the design requirements of the specifications, a letter and/or addendum will be issued to the manufacturer indicating approval for the specific design submitted. B. Approved Product: Musco's TLC LED light source is the approved product. All substitutions must provide a complete submittal package for approval as outlined in Submittal Information at the end of this section at least 10 days prior to bid. Special manufacturing to meet the standards of this specification may be required. An addendum will be issued prior to bid listing any other approved lighting manufacturers and designs. Page 5 1 1 1 C. All listed manufacturers not pre -approved shall submit the information at the end of this section at least 10 days prior to bid. An addendum will be issued prior to bid; listing approved lighting manufacturers and the design method to be used. D. Bidders are required to bid only products that have been approved by this specification or addendum by the owner or owner's representative. Bids received that do not utilize an approved system/design, will be rejected. IPART 5 — DESIGN APPROVAL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5.0 POST BID SUBMITTAL A. In the event that a manufacturer provides a submittal that is deemed to be incomplete, that manufacturer has 2 weeks maximum to provide all requested information. If the manufacturer does not comply with this timeline, they will be deemed non-compliant and the submittals will be rejected. Page 6 REQUIRED SUBMITTAL INFORMATION FOR ALL MANUFACTURERS (NOT PRE -APPROVED) 10 DAYS PRIOR TO BID All items listed below are mandatory, shall comply with the specification and be submitted according to pre-bid submittal requirements. Complete the Yes/No column to indicate compliance (Y) or noncompliance (N) for each item. Submit checklist below with submittal. Yes/ No Tab Item Description A Letter/ Checklist Listing of all information being submitted must be included on the table of contents. List the name of the manufacturer's local representative and his/her phone number. Signed submittal checklist to be included. B Equipment Layout Drawing(s) showing field layouts with pole locations C On Field Lighting Design Lighting design drawing(s) showing: a. Field Name, date, file number, prepared by b. Outline of field(s) being lighted, as well as pole locations referenced to the center of the field (x & y), Illuminance levels at grid spacing specified c. Pole height, number of fixtures per pole, horizontal and vertical aiming angles, as well as luminaire information including wattage, lumens and optics d. Height of light test meter above field surface. e. Summary table showing the number and spacing of grid points; average, minimum and maximum illuminance levels in foot candles (fc); uniformity including maximum to minimum ratio, coefficient of variance (CV), coefficient of utilization (CU) uniformity gradient; number of luminaries, total kilowatts, average tilt factor; light loss factor. D Environmental Light Control Design Environmental glare impact scans must be submitted showing the maximum candela from the field edge on a map of the surrounding area F Photometric Report Provide first page of photometric report for all luminaire types being proposed showing candela tabulations as defined by IESNA Publication LM -35-02. Photometric data shall be certified by laboratory with current National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program or an independent testing facility with over 5 years experience. G Performance Guarantee Provide performance guarantee including a written commitment to undertake all corrections required to meet the performance requirements noted in these specifications at no expense to the owner. Light levels must be guaranteed to not fall below target levels for warranty period. H Structural Calculations Pole structural calculations and foundation design showing foundation shape, depth backfill requirements, rebar and anchor bolts (if required). Pole base reaction forces shall be shown on the foundation drawing along with soil bearing pressures. Design must be stamped by a structural engineer in the state of FL, if required by owner. (May be supplied upon award). I Control & Monitoring System Manufacturer of the control and monitoring system shall provide written definition and schematics for automated control system to include monitoring. They will also provide 10 references of customers currently using proposed system in the state of FL J Electrical Distribution Plans Manufacturer bidding an alternate product must include a revised electrical distribution plan including changes to service entrance, panels and wire sizing, signed by a licensed Electrical Engineer in the state of FL K Warranty Provide written warranty information including all terms and conditions. Provide 10 references of customers currently under specified warranty in the state of FL L Project References Manufacturer to provide a list of 10 projects where the technology and specific fixture proposed for this project has been installed in the state of FL. Reference list will include project name, project city, installation date, and if requested, contact name and contact phone number. M Product Information Complete bill of material and current brochures/cut sheets for all product being provided. N Delivery Manufacturer shall supply an expected delivery timeframe from receipt of approved submittals and complete order information. O Non- Compliance Manufacturer shall list all items that do not comply with the specifications. If in full compliance, tab may be omitted. The information supplied herein shall be used for the purpose of complying with the specifications for FFF Boggy Creek. By signing below I agree that all requirements of the specifications have been met and that the manufacturer will be responsible for any future costs incurred to bring their equipment into compliance for all items not meeting specifications and not listed in the Non -Compliance section. Manufacturer: Signature: Contact Name: Date: Page 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a TGS company PROPOSAL Morningside Tennis Court Lighting City of Clearwater, Florida REQUIRED SUBMITTAL INFORMATION FOR ALL MANUFACTURERS (NOT PRE -APPROVED) 10 DAYS PRIOR TO BID All items listed below are mandatory, shall comply with the specification and be submitted according to pre-bid submittal requirements. Complete the Yes/No column to indicate compliance (Y) or noncompliance (N) for each item. Submit checklist below with submittal. Yes/ No Tab Item Description A Letter/ Checklist Listing of all information being submitted must be included on the table of contents. List the name of the manufacturer's local representative and his/her phone number. Signed submittal checklist to be included. B Equipment Layout Drawing(s) showing field layouts with pole locations C On Field Lighting Design Lighting design drawing(s) showing: a. Field Name, date, file number, prepared by b. Outline of field(s) being lighted, as well as pole locations referenced to the center of the field (x & y), Illuminance levels at grid spacing specified c. Pole height, number of fixtures per pole, horizontal and vertical aiming angles, as well as luminaire information including wattage, lumens and optics d. Height of light test meter above field surface. e. Summary table showing the number and spacing of grid points; average, minimum and maximum illuminance levels in foot candles (fc); uniformity including maximum to minimum ratio, coefficient of variance (CV), coefficient of utilization (CU) uniformity gradient; number of luminaries, total kilowatts, average tilt factor; light loss factor. D Environmental Light Control Design Environmental glare impact scans must be submitted showing the maximum candela from the field edge on a map of the surrounding area E Photometric Report Provide first page of photometric report for all luminaire types being proposed showing candela tabulations as defined by IESNA Publication LM -35-02. Photometric data shall be certified by laboratory with current National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program or an independent testing facility with over 5 years experience. F Performance Guarantee Provide performance guarantee including a written commitment to undertake all corrections required to meet the performance requirements noted in these specifications at no expense to the owner. Light levels must be guaranteed to not fall below target levels for warranty period. G Structural Calculations Pole structural calculations and foundation design showing foundation shape, depth backfill requirements, rebar and anchor bolts (if required). Pole base reaction forces shall be shown on the foundation drawing along with soil bearing pressures. Design must be stamped by a structural engineer in the state of FL, if required by owner. (May be supplied upon award). H Control & Monitoring System Manufacturer of the control and monitoring system shall provide written definition and schematics for automated control system to include monitoring. They will also provide 10 references of customers currently using proposed system in the state of FL I Electrical Distribution Plans Manufacturer bidding an alternate product must include a revised electrical distribution plan including changes to service entrance, panels and wire sizing, signed by a licensed Electrical Engineer in the state of FL J Warranty Provide written warranty information including all terms and conditions. Provide 10 references of customers currently under specified warranty in the state of FL K Project References Manufacturer to provide a list of 10 projects where the technology and specific fixture proposed for this project has been installed in the state of FL. Reference list will include project name, project city, installation date, and if requested, contact name and contact phone number. L Product Information Complete bill of material and current brochures/cut sheets for allproduct being p provided. M Delivery Manufacturer shall supply an expected delivery timeframe from receipt of approved submittals and complete order information. N Non- Compliance Manufacturer shall list all items that do not comply with the specifications. If in full compliance, tab may be omitted. The information supplied herein shall be used for the purpose of complying with the specifications for FFF Boggy Creek. By signing below I agree that all requirements of the specifications have been met and that the manufacturer will be responsible for any future costs incurred to bring their equipment into compliance for all items not meeting specifications and not listed in the Non -Compliance section. Manufacturer: Truly Green Solutions Contact Name: Thomas Murphy 2 Signature: Date: 11 / 11 / 2020 1 1 1 1 tgs TGS company 1 1 1 1 Table of Contents • Layout Proposal • Equipment Layout • On Field lighting Design • Environmental Light Control Design • Photometric Report • Control & Monitoring System • Warranty • Project Reference • Product Information • Bill of Material • Triton G2TM Specification Sheet • Poles and Brackets Specification Sheet 3 Pg. 4 Pg.10 Pg. 20 Pg. 24 Pg. 28 tgs a TGS compam PROPOSAL LAYOUT Morningside Tennis Court Lighting City of Clearwater, Florida 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 Project: Morningside Tennis Court Quote No.: Drawn By: Hal Date Created: 11-2-2020 Sales Agent: SESCO Lighting Triton" G2 300W/400W/500W Weight: 33 lbs. EPA: 1.42 ft2 TritonTM G2 750W/1250W Weight: 62 lbs. EPA: 2.08 ft2 Ei Nova- G2 400W/500W/600W Weight: 39 lbs. EPA: 2.57 ft2 LuItiinaire Svrrniiix r ;o Color/CRI/NEMA: 5700K - 70CRI - NEMA 4 Luminaire Output: 7676176957 Lumens Total Load: 9.81 kW No.of Luminaire: 16 LED Lifetime: L70>100,000 hours Electrical Load: Refer to Amperage Draw Chart in product spec sheet. Aiming/Installation: Results t 3% nominal voltage at line side of driver & structures located within 3ft of layout locations. Measurement: Illuminance (FC) are measured at a lm (3ft) elevation within PPA (Primary Playing Area). Illumination Performance: LLF is 0.95 includes the dirt depreciation factor, Illumination level guaranteed minimum 10 years & up to 25 years based on usage. "'Refer to Warranty Letter. Nova"' G2 800W/1000W/1200W Weight: 66 lbs. EPA: 3.48 ft2 Illumination Calculation Summary Symbol Qty Label Arrangement Total Lamp Lumens LLF Description LLD LDD BF Lum. Watts Total Watts 8 NOVA2.600.57-U-D-4 SINGLE 76957 0.950 600W 5700K NEMA 4 1.000 1.000 1.000 613.267 4906.136 8 NOVA2-600.57-U-0-6 SINGLE 76761 0.950 600W 5700K NEMA 6 1.000 1.000 1.000 612.674 4901.392 Calculation Summary Label CalcType Units Avg Max Min Avg/Min Max/Mln # Pts CV UG PtSpcLr PtSpcTb Grid 2 Tennis 1 Illuminance Fc 32.03 44.3 22.8 1.40 1.94 15 0.24 1.80 20 20 3 Tennis 2 Illuminance Fc 35.44 44.8 28.0 1.27 1.60 15 0.14 1.48 20 20 3 Tennis 3 Tennis 4 Illuminance Illuminance Fc Fc 35.06 34.11 45.4 47.5 22.8 23.2 1.54 1.47 1.99 2.05 15 15 0.16 1.99 20 0.28 1.99 20 20 3 3 Game -Changing Performance & Reliability Not to be reproduced in whole or part with the written consent of TGS SPORTS 02020 5 Recreation Areas to Professional Locals File# 11022020 9601 Variel Ave. Chatsworth, CA 91311 818-206-4404 www.tgssports.com ILLUMINATION 5UMMFIRY Pole/Luminaires Summary Pole # Lums Ti 2 T2 4 T3 2 T4 2 T5 4 T6 2 I uminaire Location Summary LumNo Label Orient Tilt 1 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-6 283.536 47.225 2 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-4 320.262 50.696 4 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-6 248.552 49.56 5 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-6 294.362 48.583 6 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-4 205.201 47.656 7 NOVA2-600-57-U-0-4 322.431 52.047 8 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-6 263.29 44.915 9 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-4 222.709 45.889 10 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-6 77,358 46.845 11 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-4 31.675 47.058 12 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-6 111.631 50.611 13 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-4 30.801 49.739 14 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-4 143.326 48.793 15 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-6 96.009 48.145 16 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-4 133.025 50.22 17 NOVA2-600-57-U-D-6 66.318 50.54 Game -Changing Performance & Reliability Not to be reproduced in whole or part with the written consent of TGS SPORTS 02020 175 150 125 100 75 50 25 0 —25 22.8 H: T3 ( 8, 145) MIl50 23.2 CH: T6 (259, 31) MH: SO —25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 IMMiniiiMMEMMi =II =II 6 a TGS company File# 0982020 9601 Variel Ave. Chatsworth, CA 91311 818-206-4404 www.tgssports.com 30 ILLUMINATION REFERENCE Game -Changing Performance & Reliability Not to be reproduced in whole or part with the written consent of TGS SPORTS 02020 7 a TGS company File# 0982020 9601 Variel Ave. Chatsworth, CA 91311 818-206-4404 www.tgssports.com ENVIRONMENTAL |��OO�T [U��OOV ||`|�||L| JU|`||'||||\| ....^.^^.^.. ^^^^^^`'^^^^ ^^^^^`^^^^^ ^^`~^`^^^^~ ^^``^^^^^^^` `'`,`.`^```'^`'^ ^`'~~^^^^^^ ^^`^`'^^~~~^ `°^^^^^^^^^ ,^^`,,,,, ^~^^^~`~^^`` ^^^^^~^^^^~ ~^~`^`'~~^`.` ^^~^`~^^^ ^^`'^^`^~`^' ~^^~^^^^^ ^^^^^`'`^^ ^^^~^^°~^ `^`'^`~~~^ ``^`'^^^^^~ 1.^..^..^~.. ^^~^~`~^^ .....^^^^^ ^`'~^^`^~ `'^^~^^^^~ .^....^^`... ~^^^^^^° ^^`^~^^~~` ^^~~^^^^^^^ ^^^~^^^^^^^ ^^`^^^~~^^^ .....^`~^°.. ...^^~^^^ ^^~````'^^^ ~`^^^^^~ ^^~''`'`^^^^ °°^^^~~^^~ °```^^^^^ °^°~^`^^^^ `'^^°^^`^^~ ..^^......^~^ ^^^~~^`'^ a TGS company ^^~^~^`'~''` ^^``^```^` `^^`^^`'`^` ........... ^~^^^^^~^^ ``^^^~``'^`' ....^...... ^~^^^^^`^` ^^~`~`^^^^ .......... ^^ ^^^^^^ ^^ ^^~^^^ ^ ^^`~^^ ` ^~`^^^ `~^`'^^^^^ ^ ^^^^` ^ ^^^^ ^^~^^^~` ^~^^^^~^ ~` ^^^`. ..4...^^^~ ^^^~^~^^ ^^^~```^ ^`~`^^^`^ ~``~^``'``' ^^`~ -25 ^`' Game -Changing Performance &Reliability Not to be reproduced in whole or rt with the written consent of TGS SPORTS ©2020 Mill MINI Mill' I= I= IMO ``'^^` ^~``^`'`^`^^ ^^`~^^`^`^^ ^^^`~~`^`^^ ^^~^~~^``^^ ~^~`~~^^^^ ^~~~^°`^ 8 `^`^``^^` ^^^`^`^^^^^`^^~ `^^`^`^^~~^`^`^ ^^^`'^```^~^~^`` ~^`^``'^`'^`~^~^^ ^^^^^```^`' ~``` ................. ,,, ,~,^,,, ,^ `^`'^~ ``^^''^~^^ `^~^~`^^^^ `~^^^^^`^^ ^^~^^^`^^ .21..........I ^^```^~^`^ `~```'^^`'^^ ~^^~^~~^~ `'^^``'^^^^` ^^~`~^`'``` .......... °^^`'~`'`~^^ `^`^`^``^` ```^`^`~^` ......,...^~. Ne#o9ozozoyonlvandAve. Chatsworth, [x9l3ll8lx-2oa-4404vmww.tgoponszom 30 RENDERING Et COLOR RENDERING 3D Rendering Color Rendering a TGS company Game -Changing Performance & Reliability Not to be reproduced in whole or part with the written consent of TGS SPORTS (02020 9 File# 0982020 9601 Variel Ave. Chatsworth, CA 91311 818-206-4404 www.tgssports.com t SSPR7SL a TGS company 1 CONTROL & MONITORING SYSTEM 1 10 1 tgSs=E_ a TGS company TM Powered by RADIANT ' WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM synapse t s • WiFi Mesh Receiver Nodes • Communication range is up to 1 mile line of sight. • Control dimming and on/off • Secure, over -the -air software upgrades • Manual access to Nodes • Control up to 1000 Nodes • Weather protected • Pre -configured 5 -button switch to allow for control of all lighting within the facility 1052020 v1 • Central Control Base Station • WiFi or LAN Network with Optional Cloud Control browser base control interface With Verizon 4G LTG 11 tgSSP_2':7E a TGS company TM Powered by RAD 1 ANT WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM synapse Product Overview When installing a SimpIySNAP gateway, it is essential to consider how the RF signal will connect to other devices in the SNAP mesh network. The Outdoor Antenna Kit helps ensure that the SimplySNAP gateway signal is amplified and propagated to other devices. This is important on large sites or sites with large physical obstructions between the SimplySNAP gateway and lighting controls. (Add something about how this improves/completes the mesh.) The antenna can be bought by itself (a male -to -male RPSMA cable will still be needed), or as part of the outdoor antenna kit that comes with a 20 -foot cable. Kit Includes: • Remote site -controller SNAP antenna, outdoor, straight with built in mounting bracket » » » Pulse RO2048NM8dBi Gain Radome Omnidirectional CoLinear Antenna FCC Certified with Module in SS420/450 UV Protection/IP-67 Protection 85C/185F Antenna Mast is 20" Bracket is 6.5" H x 5" L x 1.5" W (165.1x 127 x 38.1mm) Structural Loading to withstand 150 mph winds VSWR of 2:1 • 20, 30, or 50 foot cable options, RF Low Loss Cable, Male to Male RPSMA • RP -SMA Female -to -Female Connector • 50 Ohm Terminator • Install Guide 12 1052020 v1 Outdoor Antenna For Large Outdoor Installations Increase Range of SimpIySNAP Gateway Order # Description KIT-ANT420SM Outdoor Antenna Kit with 20 foot cable KIT-ANT360 Outdoor Antenna Kit with 30 foot cable KIT-ANT600 Outdoor Antenna Kit with 50 foot cable 1 1 1 1 1 IOWtgs RADIANT 1M a TGS company Powered by WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM synapse Product Overview The DIM10-087-06-A embedded wireless controller opens up an exciting integration path for LED fixtures. Its smaller size and lower cost point makes this DC - powered wireless controller versatile enough to be embedded in nearly any medium to high wattage LED fixture. Pairing the DIM10-087-06-A with a SimplySNAP Site Controller makes it easy for your customer to comply with ASHRAE, Title 24, and other energy requirements today and in the future. Features • Simplified DC Design — mates with LED Drivers • Small footprint allows for easier integration • Less Labor, Less Wires, Quicker Time -to -Market • More Reliable — No Mechanical Relay • DALI-2 Compatible Bus- Power Monitoring and Dimming via Bus • Power Monitoring (DALI-2 Only) • DIM to OFF Compatible with 0-10V Dimming (No Power Monitoring) • Powered via Aux LED Driver Power • Self -healing 2.4GHz SNAP Mesh Networking • Seamless SimpIySNAP Integration • Secure, over -the -air software upgrades • 2 Sensor Inputs: DC motion Sensors and 0-10V Photocells • DLC Certification for both Indoor and Outdoor • Secure AES128 Encryption • RP -SMA Bulkhead with 18" RF Cable • Rugged metal enclosure 1052020 v1 Dl M1O-087-06-A DALI-2/ DIM to OFF Wireless Lighting Controller Powered by the LED Driver 13 Future DALI-2 Enhancements • Fixture Run Time in Hours • Fixture Model Data • LED Driver Model Data • Surge Detection • Over Temperature • Over Current • DALI-2 Sensors • White Color Tuning [11.9] .47 [56.1] 2.21 INNEN [51.6] [13.9] .55 [0.9] - [4.7] .03 .19 11 ]177.9] 7.0 t 1 PIP i [ 1.2] .44 [66.4] 2.61 ]406.4] 16.0 -1 tgs =� MR NM RADIANT a TGS company TM Powered by WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM synapse Product Overview The Central Base Station (CBS) is a SimplySNAP SS450 site controller installed in a NEMA 4X enclosure with local programmable push buttons to manually activate up to 25 Scenes (5 per button) across specific Zones or over the entire lighting installation. The Central Base Station is easy for certified electricians to install in both indoor and outdoor applications. This solution includes programmable push- button controls in addition to the SimpIySNAP browser based interface. Common applications include parking lots, garages, municipal ballparks, hockey arenas, basketball facilities, and other multi -use complexes. Features • Network connectivity through ethernet, Wi-Fi, or cellular • Enclosure latches support customer supplied external lock for security • Outdoor rated power supply and enclosure • Weather protected (when latched) - perfect for both indoor and outdoor applications • Pre -configured 5 -button switch to allow for control of all lighting within the facility • External Ethernet port for connecting to IT network • Includes internal surge protection 14 1052020 v1 Central Base Station Enclosed Site Controller with 5 -button switch Product # Description CBSSW-450-002 SS450-based Model w/ 5 -button switch Dimensions 12.6" x 10.6" x 7.6" (320 x 270 x 193 mm) Input Power Operating Environment Outdoor rated power supply 110-277VAC; 11W max, 6kV surge protection Outdoor rated at -40°C to +54°C, IP65 (when latched) Cellular Verizon 4G LTE Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n Radio SNAP 2.4GHz 802.15.4 Wi-Fi 2.4Ghz 802.11 b/g/n Certifications FCC/IC UL 60730-1 CSA E60730-1 RoHS 3:2011/65/EU(2015/863) Warranty* 5 Years 1 1 1 1 t 1 It ITMi Powered b RADIANT y NI WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM synapse 1 9S!PC*Tlf a TGS company 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Individual Portal Login WEB BROWSER BASED INTERFACE Main Page 1052020 vl Default Login Username snap Password: mckinleylamartine-92 simplysnap snap I oe.<es %h#C* 5 Swllotra Ciraass El Scones sphed„le O 1Aep O Control Audra Log • HAP Ueem.m. Password. Show Password LOGIN LANDING PAGE / DEFAULT ADMIN USERNAME AND PASSWORD Add Sensor i Export Lrghlr EDIT CONS NMF EFik ILt0.L Status No Motion. sensor last updated 61Nndm ago 15 * Import L,ms tcis111111111, MIN == a TGS company RADIANT' Powered by WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM synapse Schedule 1 WEB BROWSER I BASED INTERFACE � IUM 14As 100% Home Game 02 00 PM O Adding Scene Cl 000.417 100n 0 v 2.0 vast SOtl4e v 2.100e1Fk v 3.0 Rm0pn v H0 nIIMMs 100% v 4.1 AIL40$50% v e.2 AI L400210 v 4321L01440FF 1052020 vi 16 a 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t9S!Pa!Jr a TGS company Pow RAD1ANT'M Powered by WIRELESS CONTROL S'ISTEM synapse Map WEB BROWSER BASED INTERFACE 1052020 v1 O▪ f 93 (-99,-117) c939. -11a AM TA 17 Game M 0 ap,yn ie 001 :SO PN! 0 Pole 4 SCRIM ▪ 1.0 Fast Paparaur IS l.1 Papa.. IS 2.0 Fast Sparkle e 21 Sparkle ▪ 30 Random e 40ANIi9Ms100% O 41 A110011 50% II 4.2 All LIghts 25% e 4.3 All lights OFF TOP neei4990915 APft9 1 l l 1 - 1 l A� 1 (53^41 O 0ghi 15337) Controller 153aef 6 40 9 11919, 1540e5 Controller 154045 6 30 Q 13919115371E Controller 153110 9 E0 tgs .1100M1Ma IMO .11=I glaalk a TGS company MI Powered by RAD 1 ANT WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM synapse Adding Lights to Poles 1 WEB BROWSER I BASED INTERFACE � 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 Select tights Add 51.ry2)@al P.110159203 0 Pok 1 13 153e61 Pok 1 19 159016 Patel 1515913c Pde 1 16.3i% C Pde20315420a v Pak 204153862 4 Pde205154583 Deleting Lights From Poles O pole OF ON 100% mee aee.o sensors on w: zone O Pok 1 01153!8. O Pok 111153re1 9 Pde 1 12153014 O Pok 2 02154032 9 POIe425153.9 1052020 v1 100% 400% 18 I LqIVRT MOM MIONMINIV 7M Powered b PADIANT y 1 WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM synapse PROJECT REFERENCES No Project Contact Name Phone number Email Address 1. Tacoma Rainier's Stadium, Tacoma, WA Dean Pitsch Jr 253-891-7802 dean@puie.com 2. Sierra Canyon Football Field, Chatsworth, CA Jay Miller 818-534-3164 imiller@sierracanyonschool.org 6. Grandview High School Tennis Andrew Hunt 509-727-1118 andy@cheyenne-electric.com 19 t S = a TGS company WARRANTY 20 t TGS company 1 TGS SPORTS 25 YEAR PARTS I. What the Warranty Covers TGS SPORTS, a TGS company warrants to the end user of the original installation location ("You" or "User") that new TGS SPORTS fixtures with RADIANT" Wireless Control System purchased from TGS SPORTS or an authorized distributor ("Products") shall, for a period of limited twenty five (25) years from the date of original purchase (the "Warranty Period"), be free from defects in material and workmanship. During the Warranty Period, TGS' sole obligation, and User's sole remedy, shall be, at TGS SPORTS' sole discretion, to repair or replace Products found to be defective as defined herein. All fixtures and or components, provided by TGS SPORTS, are covered under this warranty for the 25 years or until maximum hours of coverage have accumulated. Warranty commitment is applicable only after failure of 10% the covered Products. TGS SPORTS shall not be bound by any terms, conditions, or representations, which are not stated herein including, but not limited to, any statements made by distributors or re -sellers. TGS SPORTS guarantees to meet or exceed the project's lighting requirement for the duration of the warranty period. II. Warranty Activation / Service Claims You must make a valid Warranty claim to TGS SPORTS in order to receive coverage under the Warranty. Warranty claims can be serviced by contacting TGS SPORTS at: Phone: (818) 206-4404 Email: RMA@itrulygreensolutions.com If you are unsure whether a situation exists that is covered by the Warranty, please contact TGS SPORTS customer service center at the phone number or email address listed above for assistance. TGS SPORTS customer service shall be available via web site, phone, fax, or email. Maintenance service specialists shall be available 8AM to 5PM PST, and services shall be rendered during these same hours in your local time zone, Monday through Friday (with the exception of national holidays). Hours of operation are subject to change without notice to you. TGS SPORTS will exercise all reasonable efforts to perform service under this Contract, but will not be responsible for delays or failure in performing such services caused by adverse weather conditions, acts of any government, failure of transportation, accidents, riots, war, labor actions or strikes or other causes beyond its control. III. What is Not Covered Under the Warranty This Warranty does not cover: a) cosmetic defects; b) damage, defects, or failure caused by: i. acts of God; (including but not limited to floods, tornadoes, lightning or earthquakes); & LABOR LIMITED WARRANTY ii. accident, theft, environmental conditions, misuse, misapplication, abuse, negligence, or modification of any part of the Product, civil disturbances; 21 iii. improper storage, installation, repair, operation, inspection or maintenance; iv. the use of unauthorized components, parts, accessories, or other materials or by equipment or products manufactured by other than TGS SPORTS as stated in Addendum "A"; v. wrong or inadequate electrical current or connection or supply; vi. transit. c) Other equipment or products manufactured by someone other than TGS SPORTS, including but not limited to control system components (hub, DMX wiring, control cards, gateway), poles/crossarms/other structures, mounting gear or other non - product related material. User agrees to check and replace fuses as needed. TGS SPORTS provides spare fuses in the lowest alpha- numeric numbered enclosure and will replenish spare fuses used. This Warranty does not cover labor costs associated with wiring, pole installation or existing infrastructure. The cost of lift/crane equipment or scaffolding rental is also excluded. IV. What voids the Warranty This Warranty is void, and TGS SPORTS shall have no liability hereunder, with respect to a Product if You or any person other than an employee, independent contractor, or subcontractor of TGS SPORTS: (a) install(s) or use a Product in a manner that is not in accordance with the applicable specifications and instructions, including, but not limited to, over/under voltage or current conditions, excessive switching cycles, operating hours, or outside any applicable operating conditions; (b) without the prior written consent of TGS SPORTS, modify, tamper, or disassemble a Product, including, without limitation, alter serial numbers or removes factory supplied stickers or labels of a Product; or (c) use unauthorized components, parts, accessories, or other materials to repair a Product. V. Replacement of or Repair to Product TGS SPORTS will utilize the wireless control system to determine needed repair and/or replacement of Covered Product(s) and parts. Repair will be with product(s) of like kind and quality. TGS SPORTS, in its sole discretion, may use comparable product of equal or greater value to replace a Product that meets the conditions of this Warranty. Furthermore, in performing repairs to a Product that meets the conditions of this Warranty, TGS SPORTS reserves the right to utilize new, reconditioned, refurbished, repaired or remanufactured products or parts. Repaired or replaced Products are warranted for the remainder of the original Warranty Period. TGS SPORTS reserves the right to examine all returned Products, their specific installation location, and patterns of usage to determine the cause of failure. TGS SPORTS requires reasonable access for a crane or man lift equipment to service the lighting system. TGS SPORTS will not be responsible for damage from operating the vehicle on the property when the equipment is operated in the prescribed manner over the designated access route. VI. Limitation of Warranty THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE EXCEPT FOR WARRANTY OF TITLE. TGS SPORTS DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CORRECTION OF NON -CONFORMITIES IN THE MANNER AND FOR THE PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED ABOVE SHALL CONSTITUTE TGS SPORTS' SOLE LIABILITY AND USER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR FAILURE OF TGS SPORTS TO MEET ITS WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS, WHETHER CLAIMS OF THE USER ARE BASED IN CONTRACT (INCLUDING WARRANTY), IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE. For the purposes of and by your acceptance of this Contract you acknowledge and agree that if a surety bond ("Bond") is provided the warranty and/or maintenance guarantee provided for in this Contract and any corresponding liability on behalf of the issuing surety under the Bond is limited to the first twelve (12) months of said warranty and/or maintenance guarantee coverage period. Any warranty and/or guarantee coverage period in excess of said initial 12 -month period does not fall within the scope of the Bond and shall be the sole responsibility of TGS SPORTS. If any of the parts of the Covered Product(s) are found to be either obsolete, no longer available, or prohibited by any state of federal agency, TGS SPORTS shall replace said parts with comparable parts and materials with equal operating characteristics solely at TGS SPORTS' discretion. The cost of replacement of any obsolete cellular related technology shall be borne by you. Prior to completing any such work, TGS SPORTS shall notify you of the cost (if any) you will incur in the replacement of such parts under this section. VII. Limitation of Liability THE REMEDIES OF THE USER SET FORTH IN THIS WARRANTY ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE USER'S SOLE REMEDIES FOR ANY FAILURE OF TGS SPORTS TO COMPLY WITH ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL TGS SPORTS BE LIABLE IN CONTRACT (INCLUDING WARRANTY), IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN PRODUCTS TO WHICH THIS WARRANTY RELATES, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF USE OF PRODUCTS, COST OF CAPITAL, CLAIMS OF CUSTOMERS OF THE USER OR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH POTENTIAL DAMAGES ARE FORESEEABLE OR IF USER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY OF TGS SPORTS ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS CONTRACT WHETHER THE CLAIMS ARE BASED IN CONTRACT (INCLUDING WARRANTY), IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT OR SERVICES ON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED. 22 VIII. Severability If any term or provision of this Warranty, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Warranty, or the application of such terms or provision, to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be effected, and every other term and provision of this contract shall be deemed valid and enforceable to the extent permitted by law. IX. Transfer and Assignment This Warranty cannot be transferred without the prior written consent of TGS SPORTS. X. Choice of Law The Warranty shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of California and the laws of the United States applicable in that state. XI. Other Terms and Conditions All other terms and conditions in TGS SPORTS' Terms and Conditions shall apply. ADDENDUM A TRULY GREEN SOLUTIONS, LLC DISCLAIMER AND WARNING REGARDING MOUNTING OF TGS'S SPORT LIGHTING PRODUCTS The following disclaimer and warning are issued by TGS with regard to the installation of its Sport Lighting Products, including but not limited to Triton G2 and Nova G2. TGS strongly recommends that its customers purchase TGS's Sports lighting poles, brackets and adaptors as shown on its website at https://tgssports.com/tgs-sports-lighting-solutions/, for use in the installation of its Sports Lighting Products. The safe installation of the poles, brackets, adaptors and lighting products can and will prevent property damage, bodily injury and even death. The use of existing poles, brackets and/or adaptors for the installation of TGS Sports Lighting Products is strongly discouraged and any warranty offered by TGS for its Sports Lighting Products that happen to be damaged due to the use of the customers' existing poles, brackets and/or adaptors will be voided. Prior to installing any TGS Sports Lighting Products and whether the customer is utilizing TGS's approved poles, brackets and adaptors, or if the customer is using existing poles, brackets, and adaptors, the customer must consult with local and licensed civil, soil, geo-technical and structural engineers for assistance with wind load, structural, and soil analysis. The size, depth, and backfill material needs to be calculated and approved by a licensed civil/structural/geo-technical engineer. The depth and diameter of the pole foundation vary depending on soils, local structural codes, standards, wind speeds, seismic requirements, structural load of the pole and luminaires and other equipment mounted to the pole. Pole foundations should be designed and certified by structural and geo-technical engineers to meet all local codes and standards. TGS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADVERSE EVENT CAUSED BY THE CUSTOMER'S FAILURE TO STRICTLY FOLLOW THE RECOMMENDATIONS AND GUIDELINES SET FORTH ABOVE. By signing below, TGS's customer hereby certifies that he/she has read and understood the recommendations and guidelines set forth above and will strictly follow those recommendations and guidelines. TGS's customer further certifies that he/she has consulted with and obtained appropriate engineering plans for the proper installation of the Sports Lighting Equipment, poles, brackets and adaptors and that those engineering plans have been strictly followed by any installer. TGS's customer further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Truly Green Solutions, LLC and its officers, employees and agents harmless form and against any claim that arises out of the customer's failure to follow the recommendations and guidelines set forth above. Customer Signature with date 23 t a TGS company PROJECT REFERENCES NAICS Codes: 334413, 335110, 335121, 335122, 423220, 423610 CAGE Code: 6RUL5 DUNS Number: 052221404 Capability Statement t 3 Ti a TCS company Overview TGS Sports is a wholly-owned subsidiary of commercial, industrial, and municipal LED lighting manufacturer Truly Green Solutions. TGS Sports was created to provide professional illumination and lighting controls to sports venues of all sizes. TGS Sports provides a turnkey service, including design and application support, poles and brackets, per -aimed and pre -wired fixtures, and extensive after-sales support. Every detail of the lighting package is accounted for with special attention paid to prioritizing safety, efficiency, performance, and visual comfort for both players and spectators. With a proven track record of success, TGS Sports stands ready to provide reliable illumination for almost any venue. Our Edge ➢ Turnkey Solution TGS Sports provides poles, brackets, pre -aiming, pre - wiring, and accessories, reducing time and installation costs. ➢ Visual Comfort High tech PCB optics in a variety of NEMA beam patterns puts light where it's needed without glare or player/spectator discomfort. ➢ Wireless Controls Radiant wireless & DMX compatible. Monitor and schedule your lighting system through a smart phone or tablet. Allows you to control lighting behaviors in multiple zones, offline or cloud -connected. ➢ Funding & Financing Funding and financing options are available for your LED sports lighting project through rebates from state programs, Energy Savings Performance Contracts with our ESCO partners and low-interest rate financing. ➢ UHD Broadcast Quality Luminaires provide accurate and vivid color reproduction in 4k and 8k Ultra High Definition, exceeding national broadcast standards. ➢ Expert Design Assistance Our design engineers will provide a complimentary point by point layout, an accurate representation of fixture placement and light uniformity on the field. 25 Core Competencies ��..�Design Engineering Manufacturing Optics Controls Consulting Technical Support Customer Satisfaction Developing Customized Solutions Safety & Efficiency Certifications & Associations TGS is certified with several organizations: • SAM • IES • WBENC • MBE • SBA • IFMA • GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL TGS ensures that our products perform at or above industry standards by undergoing rigorous testing and certifications with nationally and locally approved organizations. FC LIS us in(ertek IP66 References 1. Oral Robert University, J.L. Johnson Field, Tulsa, OK 2. Tacoma Rainier's Stadium, Tacoma, WA 3. Ohio State University St John Arena, Columbus, OH 4. Sierra Canyon Football Field, Chatsworth, CA 5. Cambellsville University Sports Complex, Harrodsburg, KY 6. Walker Little League Ball Field, Walker, MN 7. Glen Ellyn Park District, Glen Ellyn, IL 8. SMMA Athletic Association, St. Louis, MO 9. Frey Park, Lynn, MA 10.Panguitch Rodeo Arena, Panguitch, UT 11.Ross Field, Glastonbury, CT 12. Hays Kennedy Park, Prospect, KY 13. Kentucky Expo Center, Louisville, KY 14.Gun Club, Ashland, OR 15. Prairie Lakes Aquatic Center, Des Plaines, IL 16. Memorial Field, Park Ridge, NJ 17. Binger Ball Fields, Binger, OK 18. Nevada Gold Mine, Elko , NV 19. Wahoo Rodeo Arena, Wahoo, NE (818) 206-4404 I info@tgssports.com 1 www.tgssports.com ©2020 TGSSports a TGS company All Rights Reserved Capability Statement t g Jaw a TOS company Success Stories & References OR.0 J.L. Johnson Field Tulsa, OK Home to the Oral Roberts Golden Eagles, this stadium renovated their baseball field with TGS Sports' Triton" G2 sports lights for a uniform and full -coverage illuminated field. Cheney Stadium Tacoma, WA This minor league baseball Stadium, grounds for the Tacoma Rainiers, Reign FC of the National Women's Soccer League and Tacoma Defiance, renovated their professional baseball field with the TGS Sports' Triton"" G2 sports lights. A new soccer filed and outdoor track has been constructed and will now be illuminated with the optimum illumination choice, TGS Sports' Triton" G2 sports lights. Formerly the home of Ohio State basketball for 42 seasons, St. John Arena O.S.0 renovated its basketball court with TGS Sports' SportHB" High power high bays for the ultimate play experience in 90CRI action. Sierra Canyon School (SCS), a private school located in the Los Angeles upgraded their existing MH fixtures with TGS Sports' Triton" G2 solution a better quality and experience of light. 26 (818) 206-4404 I info@tgssports.com I www.tgssports.com Home of the Glastonbury Little League, Ross Field renovated their baseball field with TGS Sports' Triton" G2 sports lights. ©2020TGSSports a TGS company All Rights Reserved I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 No Project Location Installed Date 1. Cimarron Correct Tampa, FL 02-13-2020 2. Frost Stadium Chattanooga, TN 06-10-2019 3. JM Wood Auction Company Montgomery, AL 11-19-2019 4. Harrodsburg Sports Complex Harrodsburg, KY 05-16-2019 5. Panguitch Rodeo Arena Panguitch, UT 09-16-2019 6. Shotgun Range - Bossier Parish Shreveport, LA 06-26-2020 7. ORU J.L. Johnson Stadium Tulsa, OK 10-17-2019 8. Tacoma Rainier's Stadium Tacoma, WA 12-05-2019 9. Ross Field Glastonbury, CT 01-14-2020 10. SMMA Athletic Association St. Louis, MO 09-18-2020 27 t a TGS company` PRODUCT INFORMATION 28 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a,CS company GAME CHANGING PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY 9601 Variel Ave. Chatsworth, CA 91311 Phone (818)206-4404 Fax: (866) 577-5302 Bill To Jeffrey Kleiss SESCO Lighting -Ft. FL 737 Shotgun Road Ft. Lauderdale, FL, Quantity 8.00 8.00 6.00 4.00 2.00 2.00 16.00 1.00 16.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Ship To Jeffrey Kleiss Lauderdale, SESCO Lighting -Ft. Lauderdale, FL 737 Shotgun Road 33326 Ft. Lauderdale, FL, 33326 Part Number NOVA2-600-57-H-D-4 NOVA2-600-57-H-D-5 RTS -50-1207 CRS -02 CRS -04 NOVA2-LG DIM10-087-06 CBSSW-450-001 TGS-REMOTEDEV TGS-REMOTE 25 YEAR WARRANTY LOT BILLING Quote Date: Quote Number: Sales Person: Valid Until: Agency Sales Person: 2020-11-04 21:24:35 6136 Melinda Berezowsky 2020-12-04 Jeffrey Kleiss Agency Quotes Person: Jeffrey Kleiss Project Name: Morningside Tennis Court Description List Price NOVA" - G2 LED Flood/Sports $0.00 Light - 600W - 57K - 277-480V - NEMA 4 NOVA" - G2 LED Flood/Sports $0.00 Light - 600W - 57K - 277-480V - NEMA 5 50FT Galvanized Pole - Anchor $0.00 Base SIDE MOUNTED CROSS ARM $0.00 BRACKETS 2 SIDE MOUNTED CROSS ARM $0.00 BRACKETS 4 NOVA'" - G2 LED Flood/Sports $0.00 Light - Laser Guide "Node - 802.15.4 Embedded Wireless Controller With External Antenna" $0.00 "Central Base Station, $0.00 SS450-based Model w/ 5 -Button Switch" Remote Commissioning $0.00 Services - Per Fixture Remote Commissioning Services 25 YEAR WARRANTY LOT BILLING ***Prices based on 7% commission*** $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Unit Price Ext. Price Discount $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 0.00% $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00 0.00% $0.00 $0.00 0.00% $65,694.18 $65,694.18 0.00% Subtotal: Tax: Shipping: Total: 29 $65,694.18 $0.00 $0.00 $65,694.18 1/ 2 Above quote is subject to the following conditions: 1. Subject to TGS' Terms and Conditions: http://trulygreensolutions.com/solutions/terms-and-conditions/ 2. Any changes will require a new quote. 3. Deposit may be required for custom/non-stock items and/or orders over approved credit limit. 4. Freight allowed orders over $2500 (continental USA only). One destination only. 5. Freight allowed orders ship standard carrier, no lift gate trucks, lift gate fee varies from $90-$175. (Additional handling is not included.) 6. TGS quote number must be referenced on purchase order. 7. Check lead time before order confirmation. We trust that you will find our quote satisfactory and look forward to working with you. If you have any questions concerning this quote, please contact Quotes@trulygreensolutions.com or your sales representative 30 2/2 Triton TM ( SPORTS LIGHTER t S —T= = a TGS company 1 1 1 1 LISTED Not all products are qualified on the DLO' OPL. To view our DLC• qualified products. please consult the DLC Qualified Products Lot at www.designlights.org/qpL ORDERING INFORMATION Series Wattage SPL2 SPL2 300 - 300W 400 - 400W 500 - 500W 750 - 750W 1250 - 1250W RADIANT" WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM Project: Prepared by: Type: Date: CCT Input Voltage Controls 57 - 5700K 50 - 5000K 40 - 4000K U - 100-277VAC H - 277-480VAC 3ooW (39,000 lm) 400W (52,000 lm) 500W (65,000 lm) 750W (97,500 lm) 1250W (162,500 lm) Sample SKU: SPL2-750-57-U-D-3 D - o -10V Dimming Do - Non -Dimming D1- Radiant Wireless Control System 'MOO and Longer Lead times may apply, please contact customer service for more information. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Distribution 3-NEMA3 4 - NEMA4 5-NEMA5 6 - NEMA6 Accessories SPL2-LG (Laser Guide Option) SPL2-SF (Slip Fitter Option only for 300W -500W) CONSTRUCTION IP/Enclosure Rating: IP66/NEMA 4x Operating Temperature: -40°°F --13i F Housing: Cold -forged aluminum Driver Compartment: Die-cast aluminum Optics: Precision plastic injected molded optic Power Cord: • 16/3, 6' SJOW (3o0V) - 100-277VAC • 14/3, 6' SOW (600V) - 277-480VAC ELECTRICAL Input Voltage: • 100-277VAC • 277-48oVAC THD: <20% Power Factor: >0.95 Surge Protection: 2okV/1okA: Compliant With: - ANSI C136.2-2015 Extreme - ANSI C82.77-5-2015 High Exposure - IEEE C62.41.2 Location Category C High Exposure CONTROLS/DIMMING • Non -Dimming • o -10V Dimming • RADIANT Wireless Control System ENGINE & OPTICAL Available NEMA Distribution: NEMA3, NEMA4, NEMA5, NEMA6 CRI/TLCI: • CRI>70 (Standard) • •CRI>80 (Optional) • 'CRI>go (Optional) TLCI is option available upon request Available CCT: 4000K, 5000K, 5700K Projected L70: >100,000 hrs WARRANTY 25 Year Warranty See warranty documentation for more information. 31 Phone: 818-206-4404 Email: info®tgssports.com Website: vwvvv.tgssports.com ©2020 TGSsports a TGS company All Rights Reserved. Specifications and details are subject to change without notifications 072320 1 PERFORMANCE DATA Wattage Delivered Lumens System Efficacy 300W 390001m 130 lm/W 400W 520001m 130 lm/W 500W 650001m 130 lm/W 750W 975001m 130 lm/W 1250W 1625001m 130 lm/W Typical delivered lumen data is approximate. Actual lumens may vary due to installation environment and NEMA Distribution. Please See IES Files NEMA DISTRIBUTION *IESNA LM -63 IES Available upon request 1 1 } 1 i1 it 0 NEMA3 NEMA4 NEMA5 NEMA6 DIMENSIONS 1 1 1 1 ELECTRICAL LOAD 1 300W/400W/500W 750W/1250W 18.70" 19.70" IIIluuuiiuiiiIII 1'- _ I :..,x_.1 Illluuni'llll 111 1ittrtf ` i4 Row mi• 11.77" Wattage (W) 300 400 500 750 1250 Input Voltage 120V 208V 240V 277V 347V 480V Current (A) 2.63 1.51 1.31 1.14 0.91 0.66 3.50 2.02 1.75 1.52 1.21 0.88 4.38 2.52 2.19 1.90 1.51 1.09 6.56 3.79 3.28 2.84 2.27 1.64 10.94 6.31 5.47 4.74 3.78 2.73} 1 1 1 EPA RATING (ft2) 1 Front Side 1.42 1.14 2.08 1.67 Wattage (W) 300/400/500 750/1250 WEIGHT abs) Wattage (W) 300/400/500 750 1250 J Weight 33 56 62 1 1 1 9 I Phone: 818-206-4404 Email: info®tgssports.com Website: vrnww.tgssporrts.com ©2020 TGSsports a TGS company All Rights Reserved. Specifications and details are subject to change without notifications 072320 21 TritonTM G2 SPORTS LIGHTER tqs� a TGS company ACCESSORIES 1r 1 1 1 1r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Visor Hood [Included] Laser Guide ISPL2-LG] Slip Fitter Round Tenon (2 3/8" OD) (Available only for 300W -500W) ISPL2-SF) 1 RADIANT' WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM - Future -Proof: Integral Wireless Access Node - Adaptable Deployment - Offline or Cloud -Connected - Web -Browser or App Based Management - Multiple Zones, Behaviors, Events, and Schedules - LTE Cellular Connectivity - No Internet Required - Professional Commissioning and After -Sales Support Integrated Node • t Central Control Base Station WiFi or LAN Network with browser based control interface • Cloud Control with Verizon 4G LTE (Optional) 33 Phone: 818-206-4404 Email: info®tgssports.com Website: vwvw.tgssports.com I ©2020 TGSsports a TGS company Alt Rights Reserved. Specifications and details are subject to change without notifications 072320 3 D C B A 4 ( 3 2 1 REMOVABLE CAP POLE SHAFT DRILLED PER FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS: D1- DRILLED FOR 1 FIXTURE D2- DRILLED FOR 2 FIXTURES AT 90° OR 180° D3- DRILLED FOR 3 FIXTURES AT 90° OR 120° D4- DRILLED FOR 4 FIXTURES DRILLED MOUNT OPTIONS TENON MOUNT OPTIONS: T2- 02.38 OD X 4.00 LG T2.5- 02.88 OD X 4.00 LG T3- 03.00 OD X 5.00 LG T4- 04.00 OD X 6.00 LG .25 THK TENON MOUNT TENON MOUNT OPTIONS -01.50 54 00 01.50 X 60.00 ANCHOR BOLT 600.00 (50') 156.00 (13') BOTTOM: 07.06 TOP: 05.24 24.00 SLIP FIT MINIMUM SLIP ID HOLE 468.00 (39') BOTTOM: 012.00 TOP: 06.54 4.00 X 6.00 r REMOVABLE HAND HOLE 1 BASE COVER W/ COVER POLE DETAIL POLE SPECIFICATIONS NO. COMPONENT ASTM DESIGNATION MIN. YIELD (P.S.I) 1. POLE SHAFT A-595 GR. A 55,000 2. BASE PLATE A36 36,000 3. ANCHOR BOLTS F1554 GR. 55 55,000 4. GALVANIZED HARDWARE A153 FINISH SPECIFICATIONS POLES SHALL HAVE A POLYESTER POWDER COAT FINISH IN A STANDARD COLOR. POLE DIMENSIONS POLE HGT (FT.) TOP DIA. (IN.) BOTTOM DIA. (IN.) GAGE MTG. HGT. (FT.) 50' 5.24 12.00 7-11 GA. 50' BASE PLATE DIMENSIONS BOLT CIRCLE (IN.) BASE PLATE DIM. (IN.) BOLT HOLE (IN.) PLATE THK. (IN.) 16.00 17.00 SQ 1.75 1.50 ANCHOR BOLT DIMENSIONS ANCHOR BOLT DIA. (IN.) ANCHOR BOLT LENGTH (IN.) 1.50 60.00 ALLOWABLE WIND LOADING (SQ. FT.) WIND* INDICATED EPA 80 MPH 90 MPH 100 MPH 120 MPH EPA 33.4 27.1 21.8 15.3 *WITH 1.3 GUST FACTOR 4.00 X 6.00 HAND HOLE COVER 17.00 SQ. 17.00 X 17.00 X 1.50 THK. BASE PLATE 270° 180° 0° HAND HOLE 90° DRAWN: L. GRUNIS 3/28/2017 CHECKED REVISION: DATE: APPROVED: QUOTE: S.o.# REF: 'SCALE: NONE iW i a TGS company UNITED LIGHTING 34 STANDARDS SOME GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS HAVE SPECIAL WIND CONDITIONS THAT CAN CREATE WIND INDUCED VIBRATIONS CAUSING A FATIGUE PROBLEM. NO METHOD HAS YET BEEN FOUND FOR PREDICTING DESTRUCTIVE LIGHTING POLE VIBRATION. THESE CONDITIONS ARE UNIQUE AND CANNOT BE GUARANTEED AGAINST, AND ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF A LOCAL SITE ENGINEER. TITLE: CATALOG: DWG NO: RTS -50-1207 ISIZE: C I SHEET 1 OF 1 111111 11.11 UM1 -311.11 M D C 8 A NE -2 um um i� am N r um 1111111 1111111 _1 NM MN 3_ MN 11111 _2111111 38.00 CRS - SIDE MOUNTED CROSS ARM SPECIFICATIONS CATALOG # FIXTURE QTY EPA (SQ FT.) WEIGHT (LBS.) CRS -02 2 1.9 49 D 30.00 C DRILLED PER FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS —4.00 P NOTE: CRS BRACKETS FASTENED TO POLE USING U BOLTS .38 X 5.00 X 8.00 MOUNTING PLATE .25 X 2.00 X 4.00 RECTANGULAR TUBING C B B 1/2 NPT WELDED COUPLING .38 X 10.00 MOUNTING PLATE 1 1/2 NPT WELDED COUPLING REMOVABLE CAP NOTE: CRS BRACKETS ARE DESIGNED TO BE SIDE MOUNTED TO THE POLE SHAFT USING U -BOLTS. U -BOLTS & MOUNTING PLATE SIZING DETERMINED BY SHAFT SIZE. BRACKETS ARE FINISHED TO MATCH THE POLE. 180° DRAWN: M. HARVALA 2/9/2015 t S �i wig i SOME GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS HAVE SPECIAL WIND CONDITIONS THAT CAN CREATE WIND INDUCED VIBRATIONS CAUSING A FATIGUE PROBLEM. NO METHOD HAS YET BEEN FOUND FOR PREDICTING A DESTRUCTIVE LIGHTING POLE VIBRATION. THESE CONDITIONS ARE UNIQUE AND CANNOT BE GUARANTEED A AGAINST, AND ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF A LOCAL SITE ENGINEER. 0° HAND HOLE CHECKED REVISION: IDATE: APPROVED: QUOTE: 5.0.# REF: SCALE: NONE a TGS company UNITED LIGHTING 35 STANDARDS TITLE: CATALOG: DWG NO: CRS -02 SIZE: C SHEET 1 OF 1 4 3 2 1 D C 4 3 2 4.00 30.00 98.00 30.00 1 CRS - SIDE MOUNTED CROSS ARM SPECIFICATIONS CATALOG # FIXTURE QTY EPA (SQ FT.) WEIGHT (LBS.) CRS -04 4 3.30 104 30.00 <0 DRILLED PER FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS .38 X 5.00 X 8.00 MOUNTING PLATE NOTE: CRS BRACKETS FASTENED TO POLE USING U BOLTS D C "B e- .25 X 2.00 X 4.00 RECTANGULAR TUBE B / B 1/2 NPT WELDED COUPLING .38 X 10.00 MOUNTING PLATE 1 1/2 NPT WELDED COUPLING REMOVABLE END CAP NOTE: CRS BRACKETS ARE DESIGNED TO BE SIDE MOUNTED TO THE POLE SHAFT USING U -BOLTS. U -BOLTS & MOUNTING PLATE SIZING DETERMINED BY SHAFT SIZE. BRACKETS ARE FINISHED TO MATCH THE POLE. 180° DRAWN: M. HARVALA 2/9/2015 SOME GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS HAVE SPECIAL WIND CONDITIONS THAT CAN CREATE WIND INDUCED t S VIBRATIONS CAUSING A FATIGUE PROBLEM. NO METHOD HAS YET BEEN FOUND FOR PREDICTING A U v I T E D DESTRUCTIVE LIGHTINGI POLE, ARE THE THESEPO SIB LITIONF ARE UNIQUE AND CANNOT BE GUARANTEED A AGAINST, AND ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF A LOCAL SITE ENGINEER. LIGHTING TITLE: 270° 0° HAND HOLE 90° CHECKED REVISION: DATE: APPROVED: QUOTE: S.O.# REF: SCALE: NONE ® i s a TGS company 36 STANDARDS ................. . CATALOG: DWG NO: CRS -04 SIZE: C SHEET 1 OF 1 r r - r r' No 3r r �r 2 rr NM Imo r r — me